Attached files

file filename
EX-99.1 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex991.htm
EX-32 - CERTIFICATIONS OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex32.htm
EX-23.2 - CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex232.htm
EX-10.26 - SCHEDULE OF 2011 EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex1026.htm
EX-31 - CERTIFICATIONS OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex31.htm
EX-10.27 - SCHEDULE OF NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex1027.htm
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM - Alliance HealthCare Services, Incdex231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

Commission File Number 1-16609

 

 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

DELAWARE   33-0239910
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

100 Bayview Circle, Suite 400, Newport Beach, California 92660

(Address of principal executive office) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 242-5300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010, based upon the closing price of the Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on such date, was $108.5 million.

The number of shares outstanding of Common Stock, par value $0.01, as of March 14, 2011 was 53,018,785 shares.

 

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

The registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2010 is incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

 

 

 


PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

General

We are a leading national provider of advanced outpatient diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy services, based upon annual revenue and number of systems deployed. Our principal sources of revenue are derived from magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) and positron emission tomography/computed tomography (“PET/CT”). Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “we” “us,” “our,” “Company” or “Alliance” as used in this 10-K refers to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We provide imaging and therapeutic services primarily to hospitals and other healthcare providers on a shared-service and full-time service basis. We also provide services through a growing number of fixed-site imaging centers, primarily to hospitals or health systems. Our services normally include the use of our imaging systems, technologists to operate the systems, equipment maintenance and upgrades and management of day-to-day shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging operations. We also provide non scan-based services, which include only the use of our imaging systems under a short-term contract. We have also leveraged our leadership in MRI and PET/CT to expand into radiation oncology and hospital outsourcing. Our radiation oncology business is operated through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Oncology, LLC (“AO”), and includes a wide range of services for cancer patients covering initial consultation, preparation for treatment, simulation of treatment, actual radiation oncology delivery, therapy management and follow-up care. Our services include the use of our linear accelerators, therapists to operate such systems, administrative staff, equipment maintenance and upgrades, and management of day-to-day operations. We also provide stereotactic radiation oncology services through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Radiosurgery, LLC.

MRI, PET/CT and radiation oncology services generated 45%, 39% and 9% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, 47%, 40% and 7% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 54%, 34% and 5% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008. The remaining revenue was comprised of other modality diagnostic imaging services revenue, primarily computed tomography (“CT”), and management contract revenue. We had 535 diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology systems, including 302 MRI systems and 128 positron emission tomography (“PET”) or PET/CT systems, and served over 1,000 clients in 46 states at December 31, 2010. We operated 132 fixed-site imaging centers (three in unconsolidated joint ventures), which constitute systems installed in hospitals or other medical buildings on or near hospital campuses, including modular buildings, systems installed inside medical groups’ offices, and free-standing fixed-site imaging centers, which include systems installed in a medical office building, ambulatory surgical center, or other retail space at December 31, 2010. Of the 132 fixed-site imaging centers, 103 were MRI fixed-site imaging centers, 20 were PET or PET/CT fixed-site imaging centers, six were other modality fixed-site imaging centers and three were in unconsolidated joint ventures. We also operated 27 radiation oncology centers and stereotactic radiosurgery facilities (including two radiation oncology centers in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010.

Approximately 80%, 80% and 79% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were generated by providing services to hospitals and other healthcare providers, which we refer to as wholesale revenues. Our wholesale revenues are typically generated from contracts that require our clients to pay us based on the number of scans we perform on patients on our clients’ behalf, although some pay us a flat fee for a period of time regardless of the number of scans we perform. Wholesale payments are due to us independent of our clients’ receipt of retail reimbursement from third-party payors, although receipt of reimbursement from third-party payors may affect demand for our services. We typically deliver our services for a set number of days per week through exclusive, long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers. The initial terms of these contracts average approximately three years in length for mobile services and approximately five to 10 years in length for fixed-site arrangements. These contracts often contain automatic renewal provisions and certain contracts have cancellation clauses if the hospital or other healthcare provider purchases their own system. We price our contracts based on the type of system used, the scan volume, and the number of ancillary services provided. Pricing is also affected by competitive pressures.

 

1


Approximately 20%, 20% and 21% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were generated by providing services directly to patients from our sites located at or near hospitals or other healthcare provider facilities, which we refer to as retail revenue. Our revenue from these sites is generated from direct billings to patients or their third-party payors, including Medicare, which are recorded net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at discounted prices. We typically charge a higher price per scan under retail billing than we do under wholesale billing.

Fixed-site imaging centers and radiation oncology centers can be structured as either wholesale or retail arrangements. Our contracts for radiation oncology services average approximately 10 to 20 years in length. Revenues from these centers are included in either our wholesale or retail revenues.

Our clients, primarily small-to-mid-sized hospitals, contract with us to provide diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology systems and services in order to:

 

   

take advantage of our extensive diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology project management experience;

 

   

avoid capital investment and financial risk associated with the purchase of their own systems;

 

   

provide access to MRI, PET and PET/CT, radiation oncology and other services for their patients when the demand for these services does not justify the purchase of dedicated, full-time systems;

 

   

benefit from upgraded imaging systems and technology without direct capital expenditures;

 

   

eliminate the need to recruit, train and manage qualified technologists or therapists and oncologists;

 

   

make use of our ancillary services; and

 

   

gain access to services under our regulatory and licensing approvals when they do not have these approvals.

We were incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 27, 1987 as Alliance Imaging, Inc. On February 17, 2009, we changed our name to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

Significant 2010 Corporate Events

In the second quarter of 2010, we purchased a majority of the outstanding membership interests of Radiology 24/7, LLC (“RAD 24/7”), a teleradiology services company, which provides primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services nationwide. The purchase price consisted of $8.9 million in cash, $3.8 million in contingent payments, and $0.7 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $9.9 million and acquired intangible assets of $8.0 million, of which $6.5 million was assigned to customer relationships, which are being amortized over 10 years, and $1.5 million was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over seven years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $3.8 million for contingent payments due upon the achievement of certain revenue targets, which is expected to be resolved over the two years following the acquisition date. All contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The fair value of noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was $5.0 million as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized $0.3 million in earnings related to decreasing the estimated value of contingent consideration. The year ended December 31, 2010 included nine months of operations from this acquisition.

Also in the second quarter of 2010, we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Diagnostic Health Center of Anchorage, LLC (“DHC”), a fixed-site imaging center located in Anchorage, Alaska. The

 

2


center operates in a Certificate-of-Need (“CON”) state, and is a multi-modality imaging center which provides MRI, CT, digital mammography, X-Ray and other imaging services. The purchase price consisted of $13.7 million in cash and $0.6 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $3.8 million and acquired intangible assets of $8.1 million, of which $6.4 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, and $1.8 million was assigned to certificates of need held by DHC, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we increased goodwill by $0.1 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included seven months of operations from this acquisition.

In the third quarter of 2010, we purchased certain assets from Arkansas Cancer Center, P.A., located in Pine Bluff, Arkansas (“Pine Bluff”). This is our third Arkansas-based radiation therapy facility and is a strategic addition to the Company’s Bethesda cancer network, now totaling eleven centers located throughout Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Pennsylvania and Missouri. The purchase price consisted of $9.5 million in cash, $0.4 million in contingent payments and an immaterial amount of assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $4.1 million and acquired intangible assets of $5.3 million, of which $3.8 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, $1.0 million was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 10 years, $0.4 million was assigned to a professional services agreement, which is being amortized over nine years and $0.1 million was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over nine years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The acquisition included a one-third interest in a joint venture which was recorded at a fair value of $0.3 million at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $0.4 million for contingent payments due upon the resolution of certain claims, which are expected to be resolved over the six months following the acquisition date. All contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2010, the amounts recognized for the contingent consideration arrangements and the assumptions used to develop the estimates have not changed. During 2010, we paid $0.3 million in contingent payments. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we decreased goodwill by an immaterial amount as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included six months of operations from this acquisition.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we purchased certain assets from Cancer Treatment Center of Hazleton, located in Hazleton, Pennsylvania (“Hazleton”). This is our first Pennsylvania-based radiation therapy facility. The purchase price consisted of $2.1 million in cash and $0.1 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $0.5 million and acquired intangible assets of $1.4 million, of which $0.9 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over ten years, $0.4 million was assigned to trademarks, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization, and $0.2 million was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over five years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The values assigned to the assets and liabilities acquired are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment. The year ended December 31, 2010 included one month of operations from this acquisition.

Effective December 1, 2010, we announced the appointment of John Kresl, M.D., P.H.D, as Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Kresl is a highly experienced radiation oncologist, who completed his residency training in Radiation Oncology at the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota. Most recently, Dr. Kresl served as the Medical Director of the Department of Radiation Oncology at Banner Good Samaritan Medical Center in Phoenix, Arizona. His roles were comprised of private practice in one of five centers in Arizona, extensive responsibilities in a variety of radiation oncology professional organizations and advisory/founding positions in two companies.

 

3


Industry Overview

Diagnostic imaging services are noninvasive procedures that generate representations of the internal anatomy and convert them to film or digital media. Diagnostic imaging systems facilitate the early diagnosis of diseases and disorders, often minimizing the cost and amount of care required and reducing the need for costly and invasive diagnostic procedures. Radiation Oncology (“RO”) is the practice of delivering ionizing radiation therapy to treat malignant and benign disease processes under the direction of a radiation oncologist. The market of RO providers is highly fragmented with approximately 70% of services still performed in hospitals.

MRI

MRI technology involves the use of high-strength magnetic fields to produce computer-processed cross-sectional images of the body. Due to its superior image quality, MRI is the preferred imaging technology for evaluating soft tissue and organs, including the brain, spinal cord and other internal anatomy. With advances in MRI technology, MRI is increasingly being used for new applications such as imaging of the heart, chest and abdomen. Conditions that can be detected by MRI include multiple sclerosis, tumors, strokes, infections, and injuries to the spine, joints, ligaments, and tendons. Unlike x-rays and computed tomography, which are other diagnostic imaging technologies, MRI does not expose patients to potentially harmful radiation.

MRI technology was first patented in 1974, and MRI systems first became commercially available in 1983. Since then, manufacturers have offered increasingly sophisticated MRI systems and related software to increase the speed of each scan and improve image quality. Magnet strengths are measured in tesla, and MRI systems typically use magnets with strengths ranging from 0.2 to 1.5 tesla. The 1.0 and 1.5 tesla strengths are generally considered optimal because they are strong enough to produce relatively fast scans but are not so strong as to create discomfort for most patients. Manufacturers have worked to gradually enhance other components of the machines to make them more versatile. Many of the hardware and software systems in recently manufactured machines are modular and can be upgraded for much lower costs than purchasing new systems.

The MRI industry has historically experienced growth as a result of:

 

   

recognition of MRI as a cost-effective, noninvasive diagnostic tool;

 

   

superior soft-tissue image quality of MRI versus that of other diagnostic imaging technologies;

 

   

wider physician acceptance and availability of MRI technology;

 

   

growth in the number of MRI applications;

 

   

MRI’s safety when compared to other diagnostic imaging technologies, because it does not use potentially harmful radiation; and

 

   

increased overall demand for healthcare services, including diagnostic services, for the aging population.

PET, PET/CT and CT

PET is a nuclear medicine procedure that produces images of the body’s metabolic and biologic functions. PET can provide earlier detection of certain cancers, coronary diseases or neurologic problems than other diagnostic imaging systems. It is also useful for the monitoring of these conditions. PET can detect the presence of disease at an early stage. The ability of PET technology to measure metabolic activity assists in the identification of lesions and the assessment of organ health. A growing body of clinical research supports PET as a diagnostic tool for cancer diagnosis, staging, and treatment monitoring. Early detection of these conditions enables a broader range of treatments. The expansion of Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) coverage has driven the growth of PET. Since 1998, CMS has expanded coverage of PET procedures to include the diagnosis, staging, and restaging of lung, esophageal, colorectal, breast, head and neck cancers, lymphoma,

 

4


and melanoma. Additionally, Medicare covers the use of PET scans for the diagnosis and treatment of dementia and neurodegenerative diseases, as well as for brain, cervical, ovarian, pancreatic, small lung cell, and testicular cancers. Under CMS’s current national coverage determination, PET is covered for the detection of pre-treatment metastases in newly diagnosed cervical cancer, as well as for brain, ovarian, pancreatic, small cell lung, and testicular cancers, where provided as part of certain types of clinical trials. In April 2009, CMS adopted a coverage framework that replaces the four-part diagnosis, staging, restaging and monitoring categories with a two-part framework. This new framework differentiates fluorodeoxyglucose (“FDG”) PET imaging used to inform the initial treatment strategy from other uses to guide subsequent treatment strategies after the completion of initial treatment. This change applies to all national coverage determinations that address coverage of FDG PET for oncologic conditions.

In CT imaging, a computer analyzes the information received from an x-ray beam to produce multiple cross-sectional images of a particular organ or area of the body. CT imaging is used to detect tumors and other conditions affecting bones and internal organs.

A PET/CT system fuses together the results of a PET and CT scan at the scanner level. The PET portion of the scan detects the metabolic signal of cancer cells and the CT portion of the scan provides a detailed image of the internal anatomy that reveals the location, size and shape of abnormal cancerous growths.

Other Diagnostic Imaging Services

Other diagnostic imaging technologies include: nuclear medicine or gamma camera, ultrasound, mammography, bone densitometry and general x-ray.

Radiation Oncology

Radiation Oncology (“RO”) is the medical practice of delivering radiation therapy under the direction of a radiation oncologist. RO uses ionizing radiation to treat cancer. In general this radiation is delivered over a period of many days to many weeks. Ionizing radiation damages a cell’s DNA and other vital macromolecules that the cell and the body then has to repair. Cancer cells are less able to repair the damage than are normal healthy cells. Over the time period during which the radiation therapy is delivered in many daily radiation therapy treatments, the cancer cells are preferentially destroyed while normal cells are able to recover. Eventually, the cancer cells are reduced in number and eradicated while the normal tissue survives.

We estimate that approximately 60% of all newly diagnosed cancer patients will be treated with some form of radiation therapy during their cancer therapy. Radiation therapy often is used together with other oncology treatments such as chemotherapy and surgery. A typical radiation oncology department provides a wide range of services for cancer patients. These include: initial consultation; preparation for treatment; imaging, planning, and simulation for the treatment; delivery of radiation therapy treatments; management of the total course of therapy; and follow-up care. The radiation can be delivered by a number of different technologies including linear accelerators and radioactive isotopes.

Our radiation oncology business offers the following treatment options:

 

   

Conventional beam therapy (“CBT”). CBT is the least sophisticated form of radiation therapy delivered by a linear accelerator. It is the simplest form to plan and deliver and is typically reserved for use in patients where a cure is not envisioned (palliative care).

 

   

3-D conformal radiation therapy (“3D-CRT”). 3D-CRT uses three dimensional imaging data and three dimensional treatment planning to more accurately and effectively plan and deliver linear accelerator radiation treatments. It is the most common form technology used in practices and may be supplanted by IMRT and IGRT when the specific case requires it.

 

5


   

Intensity modulated radiation therapy (“IMRT”). IMRT entails the use of hundreds to thousands of beams of radiation delivered by a linear accelerator whose intensity is adjusted individually in order to allow the radiation that is delivered to conform as closely as possible to the three dimensional shape of the tumor and simultaneously reduce dose to neighboring normal healthy tissues. It requires extremely sophisticated and time consuming treatment planning in order to determine what beams should be used and what their intensities should be to provide the optimal patient treatment based on the patient’s anatomy. Extensive treatment quality assurance is required in order to insure that all the beams are modulated and delivered correctly.

 

   

Image guided radiation therapy (“IGRT”). IGRT uses a number of different types of imaging technologies to localize precisely the patient and the tumor at the time of each treatment delivery in order to ensure that the radiation is delivered to the correct location. IGRT is not a radiation treatment in and of itself; it is used in support of advanced forms of treatment delivery such as IMRT and SRS.

 

   

Stereotactic radiosurgery (“SRS”) and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy(“SBRT”). Originally developed for intracranial applications (SRS) but now being used in a range of extracranial applications (SBRT) such as spine, lung, liver, prostate, and other disease sites, SRS/SBRT delivers a very high dose of radiation in one to five treatments as opposed to the 20 to 40 treatments used for 3D-CRT, IMRT and IGRT. SRS/SBRT needs to be as precisely planned for and delivered as possible since, a very high dose of radiation therapy is delivered in five treatments or less, and results in a more potent dose effect that will destroy all cells, cancer and normal alike, that reside within the targeted volume. SRS/SBRT is delivered with a range of advanced technologies such as the Cyberknife, GammaKnife, Novalis-Tx and Axesse.

 

   

Low dose rate brachytherapy (“LDR”). LDR allows the radiation oncologist to treat cancer by delivering the dose of radiation from the “inside out.” Radioactive isotopes encased in a metal jacket the size of a grain of rice (“seeds”) are implanted in the tumor through needles, with the seeds permanently left in place. The radioactive isotopes decay over time to an inert form and in the process gradually release ionizing radiation therapy over short distances thereby treating the cancer over time.

 

   

High dose rate brachytherapy (“HDR”). Like LDR, HDR allows the radiation oncologist to treat cancer by delivering the dose of radiation from the “inside out.” Unlike LDR, HDR utilizes temporary seeds, made of radioactive isotopes, that deliver a much higher dose of radiation over a much shorter period of time. These seeds are inserted and removed several times, over several minutes, one to two times per day, for five days or less, through catheters (thin hollow tubes) that are left in place for the entire course of care.

Imaging and Radiation Oncology Settings

Diagnostic imaging services and radiation oncology services are typically provided in one of the following settings:

 

   

Hospitals and clinics. Imaging and/or radiation oncology systems are located in and owned and operated by a hospital or clinic. These systems are primarily used by patients of the hospital or clinic, and the hospital or clinic bills third-party payors, such as health insurers, including Medicare or Medicaid.

 

   

Independent imaging centers. Imaging and/or radiation oncology systems are located in permanent facilities not generally owned by hospitals or clinics. These centers depend upon physician referrals for their patients and generally do not maintain dedicated, contractual relationships with hospitals or clinics. In fact, these centers may compete with hospitals or clinics that have their own systems to provide imaging and/or radiation oncology services to these patients. Like hospitals and clinics, these centers bill third-party payors for their services.

 

   

Outsourced. Imaging systems, largely located in mobile trailers but also provided in fixed facilities, provide services to a hospital or clinic on a shared-service or full-time basis. Generally, the hospital or

 

6


 

clinic contracts with the imaging service provider to perform scans of its patients, and the imaging service provider is paid directly by that hospital or clinic instead of by a third-party payor.

Our Competitive Strengths

A leading national provider of shared-service and fixed-site MRI and PET/CT services

We are a leading national provider of shared-service and fixed-site MRI and PET/CT services, based on annual revenue and number of diagnostic imaging systems deployed. As of December 31, 2010, we had 302 MRI systems and 128 PET or PET/CT systems in operation. Our size allows us to achieve operating, sourcing and administrative efficiencies, including (i) the ability to maximize utilization through efficient deployment of our mobile systems and (ii) equipment and medical supply sourcing savings and favorable maintenance contracts from equipment manufacturers and other suppliers.

Ability to expand into radiation oncology and hospital outsourcing using our leading national position in MRI and PET/CT services

We have relationships with more than 1,000 hospitals and healthcare providers in 46 states throughout the nation. This national footprint has enabled us to leverage our position as a trusted partner to healthcare providers to expand our services beyond diagnostic imaging and into radiation oncology and hospital outsourcing, transforming us into a more complete outsourced service provider to our clients.

Comprehensive diagnostic and treatment solutions

We offer our clients a comprehensive diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology solution, as well as ancillary services, such as marketing support, education, training and billing assistance. In many cases, we provide services under our regulatory and licensing approvals for clients who lack such authority. We believe that a comprehensive service solution is an important factor when potential clients select a diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology provider.

Exclusive, long-term contracts with a diverse client base

We primarily generate revenues from exclusive, long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers. These contracts average approximately three years in length for mobile services, approximately five to 10 years in length for fixed-site arrangements and approximately 10 to 20 years in length for radiation oncology contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2010, no single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue.

Reduced reimbursement risk

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 80% of our revenues by billing hospitals and other healthcare providers, which we refer to as wholesale revenues, rather than billing patients or other third-party payors. These payments are due to us regardless of the clients’ receipt of payment from patients or reimbursement from third-party payors (including commercial payors, Medicare and Medicaid). Importantly, this contrasts with the vast majority of other diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology providers, who typically collect directly from patients and third-party payors and are therefore directly exposed to reimbursement cuts and higher experiences of bad debt. With our wholesale model, our exposure to patient bad debt is minimized, as evidenced by our bad debt expense of only 0.3% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010. Further, short-term exposure to Medicare reimbursement cuts is limited as approximately 5% of our imaging revenues came directly from Medicare for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

7


Stable and significant cash flow generation

We have generated stable and significant cash flows and have maintained attractive margins over a sustained period of time. We attribute our strong cash flows and margins to: (1) comprehensive imaging and treatment solutions, (2) the substantial value proposition for customers, (3) the strength of our customer relationships, (4) the largely wholesale nature of the our revenues and (5) our economies of scale.

Experienced management team

Our senior management team consists of professionals with significant experience within the hospital and healthcare services industry. Our experienced management team includes six senior executive officers who average approximately 25 years of industry experience.

Advanced MRI, PET/CT, and radiation oncology systems

Our technologically advanced imaging systems can perform high quality scans more rapidly and can be used for a wider variety of imaging applications than less advanced systems. Moreover, technological change in this field is gradual and most of our systems can be upgraded with software and hardware enhancements, which should allow us to continue to provide advanced technology without replacing entire systems. Our radiation oncology services utilize the most advanced radiation oncology technology, including IGRT, IMRT and SRS.

Our Services

We provide our outsourcing imaging services on the following bases:

 

   

Shared Service. We offered 61% of our systems on a part-time basis. These systems are located in mobile trailers which are transported to our clients’ locations. We schedule deployment of these mobile systems so that multiple clients can share use of the same system. The typical shared-service contract averages approximately three years in length.

 

   

Full-Time Service. We offered 29% of our systems on a full-time, long-term basis. These systems are located in either mobile units or buildings located at or near a hospital or clinic. Full-time service systems are provided for the exclusive use of a particular hospital or clinic. We typically offer full-time services under contracts that range from five to 10 years in length. Our relationships with our higher-volume shared-service clients have, from time to time, evolved into full-time arrangements.

 

   

Interim and Rental Services. We offered 10% of our systems to clients on an unstaffed basis. These systems are located in mobile trailers which are transported to our clients’ locations. These clients may be unable to maintain the extra capacity to accommodate periods of peak demand for imaging services or may require temporary assistance until they can develop permanent imaging service centers at or near their facilities. Generally, we do not provide technologists to operate our systems in these arrangements.

All of our radiation oncology services are offered on a full-time, long-term basis. All of our stereotactic radiation oncology services are offered on an unstaffed basis.

Our Strategy

Key components of our strategy include:

Further expand our presence in growth markets. We will continue to operate our mobile, shared-service MRI and PET/CT business to maximize efficiency, clinical excellence and cash flow. However, we are also focused on diversifying and growing our business through the identification of additional services or new technologies which can be deployed on behalf of our hospital and healthcare clients, including:

 

   

Radiation Oncology. RO is an established, growing form of treatment that has exhibited strong operating margins and a strong return on investment. RO represents a significant opportunity for us, as

 

8


 

we believe PET/CT technology is increasingly used for the early detection of cancer and approximately 60% of new cancer cases are treated with RO each year. In March 2008, we acquired six CyberKnife® robotic radiosurgery facilities from Accuray, Inc., which are providing radiosurgery services at hospitals located in California, Maryland, New Jersey and Tennessee. In 2010, we acquired two radiation therapy facilities through our acquisitions of Pine Bluff and Hazleton. As of December 31, 2010, we operate 27 radiation oncology centers (two in unconsolidated joint ventures). The growth in RO as a part of our business mix is supported by strong demand from hospitals for assistance in upgrading to the latest RO technology (IGRT and IMRT), the increasing incidence of cancer, our PET/CT capabilities and the growing use of PET/CT scans.

 

   

Fixed-Site Imaging Centers. We operated 132 fixed-site imaging centers (three in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010. Of the 132 fixed-site imaging centers, 103 were MRI fixed-site imaging centers, 20 were PET or PET/CT fixed-site imaging centers, six were other modality fixed-site imaging centers and three were in unconsolidated joint ventures. Our fixed-site imaging center contracts generally last for five to 10 years. We plan to continue to profitably grow our de novo fixed-site imaging center business line through an aggressive, but disciplined growth strategy focused on partnerships with hospitals and fact-based, analytical screening processes. We also intend to grow our fixed-site imaging business by continuing to convert mobile customers to longer-term fixed site contracts. We will also pursue strategic acquisitions for our fixed-site imaging centers in CON states. In the second quarter of 2010, we purchased a multi-modality fixed-site imaging center in Anchorage, Alaska through the acquisition of DHC. The center operates in a CON state, and provides MRI, CT, digital mammography, X-Ray and other imaging services.

 

   

Hospital Outsourcing. We continue to evolve the clinical services we provide, and are leveraging our leading national position in MRI and PET/CT to expand into outsourcing of high-end imaging and oncology services. These clinical services include full-service professional radiology services, including teleradiology and on-site professional radiology staffing, development of comprehensive women’s breast healthcare centers, which typically include digital mammography capability, ultrasound, stereotactic biopsy and a dedicated MRI, as well as other imaging service lines. To complement this strategy, in the second quarter of 2010, we completed the acquisition of RAD 24/7, a teleradiology services company, which provides primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services nationwide.

Improvement of our Sales Force. We are focused on continuing to improve our sales management and sales support infrastructure to increase the pace of new business and retain current customers through renewals. We believe a strengthened sales force will enable us to further diversify our business, pursue growth in low market share territories and focus on converting mature mobile customers to fixed-sites. The ability of our sales force to effectively cross-sell mobile and fixed-site MRI, mobile and fixed-site PET/CT, radiation oncology and hospital outsourcing, including professional radiology services and women’s breast healthcare centers, will provide us with future growth and margin enhancement. Some of our sales force initiatives include new training programs, marketing campaigns and account coverage models. We also have designed our commission and incentive programs for our sales managers to align them with our Company’s initiatives.

Improve Operating Efficiency. We are focused on continuing to reduce our cost structure and improve asset allocation. During 2009, we decreased the number of our imaging business regions from four to three while continuing to standardize certain policies and procedures nationwide. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we reduced the number of our imaging business regions from three to two. In doing so, we believe we will continue to benefit from our regional managers’ direct contact and knowledge of markets we serve, while ensuring quality, consistency and efficiency across all regions. Other initiatives include developing new vendor relationships and actively managing the route efficiency of our mobile systems.

 

9


Focus on Patient Care and Customer Service. We are dedicated to the highest level of patient care standards and clinical performance improvement. We strive to provide a variety of solutions designed to meet the needs of our customers by developing new surveying tools for both patients and customers. These surveying tools provide performance-driven data to improve levels of satisfaction for all of our products.

As a result of our efforts, we have achieved the highest levels of accreditation. We were the first national provider of shared-imaging services to be awarded accreditation by The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, or JCAHO, in 1998. All of our sites and centers are currently accredited by The Joint Commission (formerly known as JCAHO) or certified by the American College of Radiology. We have also restructured our marketing function so that our marketing teams are regionally based, enabling us to better understand our patient and customer needs, and thereby improving our service to them.

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions. We intend to manage our market positions by selectively pursuing strategic acquisitions. Changes in the rates or methods of third-party reimbursement for diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology services could severely impact our smaller competitors and result in a unique buying opportunity for us. We are particularly focused on acquiring radiation oncology centers, fixed-site imaging providers in CON regulated states and acquisition of other growth imaging service lines, including professional radiology services. In some states, a CON or similar regulatory approval is required prior to the acquisition of diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology systems or services, resulting in a barrier to entry for competitors without a CON. In March 2008, we acquired six CyberKnife® robotic radiosurgery facilities from Accuray, Inc., which are providing radiosurgery services at hospitals located in California, Maryland, New Jersey and Tennessee. Also in 2008, we added 22 PET and PET/CT systems to our fleet through the acquisitions of Medical Outsourcing Services, LLC (“MOS”) and Shared PET Imaging, LLC (“SPI”). In 2010, we added a multi-modality fixed-site imaging center in Anchorage, Alaska through the acquisition of DHC and two radiation therapy facilities through acquisitions in Pine Bluff, Arkansas and Hazleton, Pennsylvania. Also in 2010, we purchased a majority of the outstanding membership interests of Radiology 24/7, a teleradiology services company, which provides primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services nationwide.

Contracts and Payment

Our typical MRI and PET/CT contract is exclusive, averages approximately three years in length for mobile services and five to 10 years in length for fixed-site imaging center arrangements, and often includes an automatic renewal provision. Most of our contracts require a fee for each scan we perform. With other contracts, clients are billed on a fixed-fee basis for a period of time, regardless of the number of scans performed. These fee levels are affected primarily by the type of imaging system provided, scan volume and the number of ancillary services provided. Our typical radiation oncology contract is exclusive, averages approximately 10 to 20 years in length and often includes an automatic renewal provision.

Wholesale payments under our contracts are due to us independent of our clients’ receipt of retail reimbursement from third-party payors. Approximately 80% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 were generated by providing these services to hospitals and other healthcare providers. To a lesser extent, our revenues are generated from direct billings to patients or their medical payors. Approximately 20% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 were generated by providing services directly to patients or their medical payors. We typically reserve the right to reduce a client’s number of service days or terminate an unprofitable contract.

Systems

As of December 31, 2010, we had 535 diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology systems, including 302 MRI systems, 128 PET or PET/CT systems, and 105 other systems, substantially all of which we own. We

 

10


operated 132 fixed-site imaging centers (three in unconsolidated joint ventures), which are classified into three categories. The first category is hospital-based fixed-site imaging centers, which includes systems installed in hospitals or other buildings on hospital campuses, including modular buildings. The second category is physician-based fixed-site imaging centers, which includes systems installed inside medical groups’ offices, most of which are owned by hospitals. The third category is free-standing fixed-site imaging centers, which includes systems installed in a medical office building, ambulatory surgical center, or other retail space. Of the consolidated fixed-site imaging centers, 81 were hospital-based fixed-site imaging centers, 27 were physician-based fixed-site imaging centers, and 21 were free-standing fixed-site imaging centers. Of the 132 fixed-site imaging centers we operated at December 31, 2010, 103 were MRI fixed-site imaging centers, 20 were PET or PET/CT fixed-site imaging centers, six were other modality fixed-site imaging centers, and three were in unconsolidated joint ventures. We have made significant investments in our systems in an effort to ensure that we maintain the newest, most advanced imaging systems that meet our clients’ needs. Moreover, because we can upgrade most of our current MRI and PET/CT systems, we believe we have reduced the potential for technological obsolescence. We also operated 27 radiation oncology centers and stereotactic radiosurgery facilities (including two radiation oncology centers in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010.

We purchase our imaging and radiation oncology systems from major medical equipment manufacturers, primarily General Electric Medical Systems, Siemens Medical Systems, Philips Medical Systems, Varian Medical Systems, Elekta and Accuray, Inc. Generally, we contract with clients for new or expanded services prior to ordering new imaging systems in order to reduce our system utilization risk. As one of the largest commercial purchasers of MRI and PET/CT systems in the United States, we believe we receive relatively attractive pricing for equipment and service contracts from these equipment manufacturers.

Regional Structure

In 2010, our imaging operations were divided into three geographic regions. We have a local presence in each region, none of which accounts for more than 42% of our revenues. None of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were derived from business outside the United States. We believe we will continue to benefit from our regional managers’ direct contact with and knowledge of the markets we serve, which allows us to address the specific needs of each local operating environment. Each region continues to market, manage and staff the operation of its imaging systems and is run as a separate profit center responsible for its own revenues, expenses and overhead. To complement this regional arrangement, we continue to have standardized contracts, operating policies and other procedures, which are implemented nationwide in an effort to ensure quality, consistency and efficiency across all regions. Radiation oncology is run as a separate profit center responsible for its own revenues, expenses and overhead and is managed on a national basis. For the purposes of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting,” we have two reportable segments, Imaging and Radiation Oncology, based on similar economic and other characteristics.

System Management and Maintenance

We actively manage deployment of our imaging systems to increase their utilization through the coordinated transportation of our mobile systems using 180 power units. We examine client requirements, route patterns, travel times, fuel costs and system availability in our deployment process. Our shared-service MRI and PET/CT systems are currently scheduled for as little as one-half day and up to seven days per week at any particular client, with an average usage of 1.5 days per week per client. Drivers typically move the systems at night and activate them upon arrival at each client location so that the systems are operational when our technologists arrive.

Timely, effective maintenance is essential for achieving high utilization rates of our systems. We contract with the original equipment manufacturers for comprehensive maintenance programs on our systems to minimize the period of time the equipment is unavailable. System repair typically takes less than one day but could take

 

11


longer, depending upon the nature of the repair. During the warranty period and maintenance contract term, we receive guarantees related to equipment operation and availability.

Sales and Marketing

As of December 31, 2010, our national sales and business development force and sales support staff consisted of 39 members who identify and contact potential clients, as well as renewals of current customers. We also had 38 marketing representatives, as of that date, who are focused on increasing the number of scans or treatments performed with our systems by educating physicians and radiation oncologists about our new imaging and radiation oncology applications and service capabilities. The sales force is organized nationally under the oversight of a senior vice president and regional management. Furthermore, certain of our executive officers and senior vice presidents also spend a portion of their time participating in contract negotiations.

Competition

The markets for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services are highly fragmented and have few national service providers. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting our business include:

 

   

the quality and reliability of service;

 

   

the quality and type of equipment available;

 

   

the availability of types of imaging, radiation oncology and ancillary services;

 

   

the availability of imaging center locations and flexibility of scheduling;

 

   

pricing;

 

   

the knowledge and service quality of technologists;

 

   

the ability to obtain regulatory approvals;

 

   

the ability to establish and maintain relationships with healthcare providers and referring physicians; and

 

   

access to capital.

We are, and expect to continue to be, subject to competition in our targeted markets from businesses offering diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services, including existing and developing technologies. There are many companies engaged in the shared service and fixed-site imaging market, including two national competitors and many smaller regional competitors. These competitors include RadNet, Inc., InSight Health Services Corp., and several smaller regional competitors, including Medquest, Inc., Shared Medical Services, Kings Medical Company Inc. and DMS Health Group. While we believe that we had a greater number of diagnostic imaging systems in operation and also had greater revenue from diagnostic imaging services during the year ended December 31, 2010 than our principal competitors, some of our competitors may now or in the future have access to greater resources than we do. We compete with other mobile providers, independent imaging centers, physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers that have their own diagnostic imaging systems, and original equipment manufacturers that sell or lease imaging systems to healthcare providers for mobile or full-time use. There are many competitors in the radiation oncology market as well, including Radiation Therapy Services, Inc., Vantage Oncology, Inc., Oncure Medical Corp., and US Oncology, Inc., and many other smaller regional competitors. Throughout our entire business, we may also experience greater competition in states that currently have certificates of need laws should these laws be repealed, thereby reducing barriers to entry in that state.

 

12


Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we had 1,952 employees, of whom 1,392 were trained diagnostic imaging technologists, therapists, patient coordinators, drivers or other clinical and technical support staff. The drivers in a portion of one of our regions were represented by the Teamsters union as their collective bargaining agent, which was decommissioned in March 2010. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive federal and state government regulation. This includes the federal Anti-Kickback Law and similar state anti-kickback laws, the Stark Law and similar state laws affecting physician referrals, the federal False Claims Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH Act, and similar state laws addressing privacy and security, state unlawful practice of medicine and fee splitting laws and state certificate of need laws. Although we believe that our operations materially comply with the laws governing our industry, it is possible that non-compliance with existing laws or the adoption of new laws or interpretations of existing laws could adversely affect our financial performance.

Fraud and Abuse Laws; Physician Referral Prohibitions

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal and state regulation relating to licensure, conduct of operations, ownership of facilities, addition of facilities and services and payment for services.

In particular, the federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests, and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, there is no one generally accepted definition of intent for purposes of finding a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law. For instance, one court has stated that an arrangement will violate the Anti-Kickback Law where any party has the intent to unlawfully induce referrals. In contrast, another court has opined that a party must engage in the proscribed conduct with the specific intent to disobey the law in order to be found in violation of the Anti-Kickback Law. The lack of uniform interpretation of the Anti-Kickback Law makes compliance with the law difficult. Moreover, recent health care reform legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal health care fraud statutes; a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. The penalties for violating the Anti-Kickback Law can be severe. These sanctions include criminal penalties and civil sanctions, including fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The Anti-Kickback Law is broad, and it prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Law is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued regulations in July of 1991, which the Department has referred to as “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if met in form and substance, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published

 

13


intermittently since 1991. Our arrangements with physicians, physician practice groups, hospitals and other persons or entities who are in a position to refer may not fully meet the stringent criteria specified in the various safe harbors. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law will be pursued. In addition, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, or OIG, issued a Special Advisory Bulletin on Contractual Joint Ventures in April 2003. The OIG Bulletin stated the Department’s concerns regarding the legality of certain joint contractual arrangements between providers and suppliers of health care items or services. The OIG Bulletin identified characteristics of arrangements the OIG may consider suspect, and focused on arrangements in which a health care provider expands into a related service, through a joint contractual arrangement with an existing supplier of the related service, to service the health care provider’s existing patient population. The OIG noted that such arrangements may be suspect when the provider contracts out all or nearly all aspects of the new venture, including the management, to the existing supplier, and provides only an existing patient base. In the OIG Bulletin, the OIG asserted that the provider’s return on its investment in such circumstances may be viewed as remuneration for the referral of the provider’s federal health care program patients to the supplier, and thus may violate the Anti-Kickback Law.

Although some of our arrangements may not fall within a safe harbor, we believe that such business arrangements do not violate the Anti-Kickback Law because we are careful to structure them to reflect fair market value and ensure that the reasons underlying our decision to enter into a business arrangement comport with reasonable interpretations of the Anti-Kickback Law. However, even though we continuously strive to comply with the requirements of the Anti-Kickback Law, liability under the Anti-Kickback Law may still arise because of the intentions or actions of the parties with whom we do business. In addition, we may have Anti-Kickback Law liability based on arrangements established by the entities we have acquired if any of those arrangements involved an intention or actions to exchange remuneration for referrals covered by the Anti-Kickback Law. While we are not aware of any such intentions or actions, we have only limited knowledge regarding the intentions or actions underlying those arrangements. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Although we believe that we comply with both federal and state anti-kickback laws, any finding of a violation of these laws could subject us to criminal and civil penalties or possible exclusion from federal or state healthcare programs. Such penalties would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business.

In addition, the Ethics in Patient Referral Act of 1989, commonly referred to as the federal physician self-referral prohibition or Stark Law, prohibits physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients for certain designated health services (including MRI and other diagnostic imaging services) to an entity if the physician or an immediate family member has any financial arrangement with the entity and no statutory or regulatory exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity from billing for any such prohibited referral. Initially, the Stark Law applied only to clinical laboratory services and regulations applicable to clinical laboratory services were issued in 1995. Earlier that same year, the Stark Law’s self-referral prohibition expanded to additional goods and services, including MRI and other imaging services. In 1998, CMS (formerly known as the Health Care Financing Administration), published proposed rules for the remaining designated health services, including MRI and other imaging services, and in January of 2001, CMS published the first phase of the final rule covering the designated health services. Phase one of the final rule became effective on January 4, 2002, except for a provision relating to certain physician payment arrangements, which became effective July 26, 2004. CMS released phase two of the Stark Law final rule as a final rule comment period on March 23, 2004, with an effective date of July 26, 2004. On September 5, 2007, CMS released phase three of the Stark Law final rule which became effective on December 4, 2007. Finally, on August 19, 2008, CMS finalized additional changes to the Stark Law which became effective on October 1, 2009.

 

14


A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s referral prohibition may be fined for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a claim to the Medicare or Medicaid program in violation of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties per bill submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed, and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Bills submitted in violation of the Stark Law may not be paid by Medicare or Medicaid, and any person collecting any amounts with respect to any such prohibited bill is obligated to refund such amounts.

Several states in which we operate have enacted or are considering legislation that prohibits physician self-referral arrangements or requires physicians to disclose any financial interest they may have with a healthcare provider to their patients when referring patients to that provider. Possible sanctions for violating these state law physician self-referral and disclosure requirements include loss of license and civil and criminal sanctions. State laws vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and have been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies infrequently.

We believe our operations comply with these federal and state physician self-referral prohibition laws. We do not believe we have established any arrangements or schemes involving any service of ours which would violate the Stark Law or the prohibition against schemes designed to circumvent the Stark Law, or any similar state law prohibitions. Because we have financial arrangements with physicians and possibly their immediate family members, and because we may not be aware of all the financial arrangements such physicians and their immediate family members may have with entities to which they refer patients, we rely on physicians and their immediate family members to avoid making prohibited referrals to us in violation of the Stark Law and similar state laws. If we receive a prohibited referral which is not permitted under an exception to the Stark Law and applicable state law, our submission of a bill for the referral could subject us to sanctions under the Stark Law and applicable state law. Any sanctions imposed on us under the Stark Law or any similar state laws could adversely affect our financial results and our ability to operate our business.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created federal statutes to prevent healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs.

Both federal and state government agencies are continuing heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts. As part of announced enforcement agency work plans, the federal government will continue to scrutinize, among other things, the billing practices of hospitals and other providers of healthcare services. The federal government also has increased funding to fight healthcare fraud, and it is coordinating its enforcement efforts among various agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, and state Medicaid fraud control units. The trend towards increased funding is also seen most recently in President Obama’s budget for fiscal year 2011. Moreover, we expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could impact our operations and business. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to health care fraud abuse laws and/or enforcement, may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. We believe that the healthcare industry will continue to be subject to increased government scrutiny and investigations.

 

15


Federal False Claims Act

Another trend affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act and, in particular, actions under the False Claims Act’s “whistleblower” provisions. Those provisions allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government. After the individual has initiated the lawsuit, the government must decide whether to intervene in the lawsuit and to become the primary prosecutor. If the government declines to join the lawsuit, then the individual may choose to pursue the case alone, in which case the individual’s counsel will have primary control over the prosecution, although the government must be kept apprised of the progress of the lawsuit. Whether or not the federal government intervenes in the case, it will receive the majority of any recovery. If the litigation is successful, the individual is entitled to no less than 15%, but no more than 30%, of whatever amount the government recovers. The percentage of the individual’s recovery varies, depending on whether the government intervened in the case and other factors. Recently, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states are considering or have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. Under the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, states are being encouraged to adopt false claims acts similar to the federal False Claims Act, which establish liability for submission of fraudulent claims to the State Medicaid program and contain whistleblower provisions. Even in instances when a whistleblower action is dismissed with no judgment or settlement, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs relating to an investigation. Future actions under the False Claims Act may result in significant fines and legal fees, which would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business.

When an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be liable for damages and civil penalties. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. Simple negligence should not give rise to liability, but submitting a claim with reckless disregard of its truth or falsity could result in substantial civil liability.

Although simple negligence should not give rise to liability, the government or a whistleblower may attempt and could succeed in imposing liability on us for a variety of previous or current failures, including for example:

 

   

Failure to comply with the many technical billing requirements applicable to our Medicare and Medicaid business.

 

   

Failure to comply with Medicare requirements concerning the circumstances in which a hospital, rather than we, must bill Medicare for diagnostic imaging services we provide to outpatients treated by the hospital.

 

   

Failure of our hospital clients to accurately identify and report our reimbursable and allowable services to Medicare.

 

   

Failure to comply with the Anti-Kickback Law or Stark Law.

 

   

Failure to comply with the prohibition against billing for services ordered or supervised by a physician who is excluded from any federal healthcare programs, or the prohibition against employing or contracting with any person or entity excluded from any federal healthcare programs.

 

   

Failure to comply with the Medicare physician supervision requirements for the services we provide, or the Medicare documentation requirements concerning such physician supervision.

 

   

The past conduct of the companies we have acquired.

Further, on May 20, 2009, President Obama signed into law the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (“FERA”), which greatly expanded the types of entities and conduct subject to the FCA. We strive to ensure that we meet applicable billing requirements. However, the costs of defending claims under the False Claims Act, as well as sanctions imposed under the Act, could significantly affect our financial performance.

 

16


Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

In addition to creating the new federal statutes discussed above, HIPAA , as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH Act, also establishes uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by certain covered entities, including health care providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses. As a covered entity, we must comply with the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which restrict our use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information. We have been required to comply with the Privacy Standards since April 14, 2003. We must also comply with the Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common health care transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures. We have been required to comply with these standards since October 16, 2003. We must also comply with the Security Standards, which require us to implement security measures to protect the security and integrity of certain electronic health information. We have been required to comply with these standards since April 21, 2005. One other standard relevant to our use of medical information has been promulgated under HIPAA. CMS has published a final rule, which required us to adopt Unique Health Identifiers for use in filing and processing health care claims and other transactions by May 23, 2007. While the government intended this legislation to reduce administrative expenses and burdens for the health care industry, our compliance with this law may entail significant and costly changes for us. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package signed into law on February 17, 2009, included the HITECH Act, which dramatically expanded, among other things, (1) the scope of HIPAA to also now apply directly to “business associates,” or independent contractors who receive or obtain protected health information (“PHI”) in connection with providing a service to the covered entity, (2) substantive security and privacy obligations, including new federal security breach notification requirements to affected individuals and DHHS and potentially media outlets, of breaches of unsecured PHI, (3) restrictions on marketing communications and a prohibition on covered entities or business associates from receiving remuneration in exchange for PHI, and (4) the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed for HIPAA violations, increasing the annual cap in penalties from $25,000 to $1.5 million per year. We believe that we are in compliance with all of the applicable HIPAA standards, rules and regulations, as amended by the HITECH Act. If we fail to comply with these standards, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions.

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases it may be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws, which may entail significant and costly changes for us. We believe that we are in compliance with such state laws and regulations. However, if we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions.

Unlawful Practice of Medicine and Fee Splitting

The marketing and operation of our business is subject to some states’ laws prohibiting the practice of medicine by non-physicians. We believe that our imaging operations do not involve the practice of medicine because all professional medical services relating to our imaging operations, including the interpretation of scans and related diagnoses, are separately provided by licensed physicians not employed by us. Some states also have laws that prohibit any fee-splitting arrangement between a physician and a referring person or entity that would provide for remuneration paid to the referral source on the basis of revenues generated from referrals by the referral source. We believe that our operations do not violate these state laws with respect to fee splitting.

Certificate-of-Need Laws

In some states, a certificate of need (“CON”) or similar regulatory approval is required prior to the acquisition of high-cost capital items, including diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology systems or provision of

 

17


diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology services by us or our clients. CON regulations may limit or preclude us from providing diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology services or systems. Revenue from states with CON regulations represented greater than 50% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010.

CON laws were enacted to contain rising healthcare costs, prevent the unnecessary duplication of health resources, and increase patient access for health services. In practice, CON laws have prevented hospitals and other providers who have been unable to obtain a CON from acquiring new machines or offering new services. Our current contracts will remain in effect even if the CON states in which we operate modify their programs. However, a significant increase in the number of states regulating our business through CON or similar programs could adversely affect us. Conversely, repeal of existing CON regulations in jurisdictions where we have obtained a CON, or CON exemption, also could adversely affect us by allowing competitors to enter our markets. CON laws are the subject of continuing legislative activity.

Reimbursement

We derive most of our revenues directly from healthcare providers, primarily from acute care hospitals, with whom we contract to provide services to their patients. Approximately 80% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 were generated by providing services to hospitals and other healthcare providers. Some of our revenues come from third-party payors, including government programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to whom we directly bill. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we derived 20% of our revenues from direct billings to patients and their third-party payors. Services for which we submit direct billings for Medicare and Medicaid patients typically are processed by contractors and paid on a fee schedule basis, and patients are responsible for deductibles and coinsurance.

With respect to our retail business, for services for which we bill Medicare directly, we are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which is updated on an annual basis. Under the Medicare statutory formula, payments under the Physician Fee Schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. For 2010, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) projected a rate reduction of 21.2% under the statutory formula and a number of legislative measures were passed to prevent this reduction. For the second half of 2010, the update factor was increased by 2.2%. For 2011, the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 which was signed into law on December 15, 2010, froze the 2010 update through 2011. Because CMS was required to make its other changes to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (discussed below) budget neutral, CMS made a downward adjustment to what is known as the “conversion factor,” which translates values in dollar amounts. Whereas the conversion factor for the end of 2010 was $36.8729, it is $33.9764 for 2011. At this time, we do not believe the change will have a material impact on our business. If Congress fails to intervene to prevent the negative update factor in the future through either another temporary measure or a permanent revision to the statutory formula, however, the resulting decrease in payment will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations.

For retail services furnished on or after July 1, 2010, CMS began implementing a 50% reduction in reimbursement for multiple images on contiguous body parts, as mandated by the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”). This is a 25% increase from prior years. In its final Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rule for calendar year 2011, effective January 1, 2011, CMS is applying the same reduction to certain CT and CT angiography (“CTA”), MRI and MR angiography (“MRA”), and ultrasound services furnished to the same patient in the same session, regardless of the imaging modality, and not limited to contiguous body areas. CMS projects that the final rule reduces payment for 20% more services than the current multiple procedure payment reduction policy. CMS expects that the final rule primarily reduces payments for radiology services and to freestanding diagnostic imaging centers, such as our retail business. At this time, we do not believe that the multiple procedure payment reductions will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

 

18


Regulatory updates to the Physician Fee Schedule for calendar year 2010 include reduced payment rates for certain diagnostic services using equipment costing more than $1 million through revisions to usage assumptions from the previous 50% usage rate to a 90% usage rate. This utilization change, to be phased in over a four-year period, applies to MRI and CT scans, but not for radiation therapy and other therapeutic equipment. The PPACA superseded CMS’s assumed usage rate for such equipment and, beginning on January 1, 2011, the PPACA requires CMS to use a 75% utilization rate. For 2011, CMS also finalized its proposed rule to expand the list of services to which the higher equipment utilization rate assumption applies to include certain diagnostic CTA and MRA procedures using similar CT and MRI scanners that cost more than $1 million. At this time, we estimate that the new usage assumptions for MRI and CT scans under the PPACA, which became effective on January 1, 2011, will not have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

Other regulatory changes to the 2010 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule involve revaluing certain components of the fee schedule payment rate, which impact radiology and other diagnostic tests, including the services we provide. Some of these changes are being transitioned over a four year period, with full implementation in 2013. For the 2010 transition payment, CMS estimated that the aggregate impact of its changes (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above) results in a 1% reduction in radiation oncology, 5% reduction in radiology, 18% reduction in nuclear medicine and 12% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. To date these changes have not had a material impact on our retail revenues. Effective January 1, 2011, CMS made further adjustments to the fee schedule so that specialties that have a higher proportion of the payment rate attributable to operating expenses such as equipment and supplies, which include radiation oncology, will experience an increase in aggregate payments. In addition, as a result of adjustments to codes identified to be misvalued, radiation oncology specialties and suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests are among the entities that will experience decreases in aggregate payment. Some of these changes will be transitioned, and CMS estimates that the impact for 2011 (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above as well as the expanded multiple procedure payment reductions for certain imaging services) will be no reduction in radiation oncology, 10% reduction in radiology, 4% reduction in nuclear medicine and 15% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. These estimated impacts are calculated prior to the application of the conversion factor discussed above. At this time, we do not believe that the regulatory changes will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

In addition to annual updates to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, as indicated above, CMS also publishes regulatory changes to the hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“HOPPS”) on an annual basis. These payments are the amounts received by our hospital clients for hospital outpatient services and summarized in the table below:

 

     2008 Payment      2009 Payment      2010 Payment      2011 Payment  

Nonmyocardial PET and PET/CT scan

   $ 1,057       $ 1,037       $ 1,037       $ 1,042   
                                   

Myocardial PET scan

   $ 1,400       $ 1,157       $ 1,433       $ 1,107   
                                   

Stereotactic radiosurgery treatment delivery systems (depending on the level of service)

   $ 1,057 - $8,055       $ 952 - $7,642       $ 963 - $7,344       $ 977 - $7,661   
                                   

The PET and PET/CT Medicare HOPPS rate reductions did not have a material negative effect on revenue and earnings in 2008, 2009 or 2010. At this time, however, we cannot predict the impact of future rate reductions on our future revenues or business.

The 2011 HOPPS and Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rules also implemented a number of PPACA provisions, including the waiver of beneficiary cost-sharing for certain preventive services covered under Medicare, such as screening mammograms and colonoscopies. Effective January 1, 2011, Medicare beneficiaries are no longer required to satisfy their deductibles or pay a copayment amount for these services. CMS states that

 

19


by eliminating these out-of-pocket costs, beneficiaries are encouraged to make full use of their Medicare preventive benefits. At this time, we cannot predict whether these changes will have a material impact on the demand for our services and/or our future revenues.

Over the past few years, the growth rate of MRI industry wide scan volumes has slowed in part due to weak hospital volumes as reported by several investor-owned hospital companies, additional patient-related cost-sharing programs and an increasing trend of third-party payors intensifying their utilization management efforts, for example through benefit managers who require preauthorizations, to control the growth rate of imaging services generally. We expect that these trends will continue throughout the remainder of 2011. Another recent initiative to potentially reduce utilization of certain imaging services, authorized under MIPPA, is the Medicare Imaging Demonstration, which is a two-year demonstration project designed to collect data regarding physician use of advanced diagnostic imaging services. This information would be used to determine the appropriateness of services by developing medical specialty guidelines for advanced imaging procedures within three designated modalities (MRI, CT and nuclear medicine). On February 2, 2011, CMS announced that it selected five participants for the demonstration project, although a start date has not yet been established.

In addition, we cannot predict the full extent of the PPACA on our business. The reform law substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Although certain provisions may negatively impact payment rates for certain imaging services, the PPACA also extends coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured people which may result in an increase in the demand for our services. Further, we cannot predict at this time whether other legislative changes will be adopted, if any, or how these or future changes will affect the demand for our services.

Payments to us by third-party payors depend substantially upon each payor’s coverage and reimbursement policies. Third-party payors may impose limits on coverage or reimbursement for diagnostic imaging services, including denying reimbursement for tests that do not follow recommended diagnostic procedures. Coverage policies also may be expanded to reflect emerging technologies. Because unfavorable coverage and reimbursement policies have and may continue to constrict the profit margins of the hospitals and clinics we bill directly, however, we have and may continue to need to lower our fees to retain existing clients and attract new ones. If coverage is limited or reimbursement rates are inadequate, a healthcare provider might find it financially unattractive to own diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology systems, yet beneficial to purchase our services. It is possible that third-party coverage and reimbursement policies will affect the need or price for our services in the future, which could significantly affect our financial performance and our ability to conduct our business.

Environmental, Health and Safety Laws

We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the storage, use, transport and disposal of materials and waste products, including biohazardous and radioactive wastes. Our PET service and some of our other imaging services require the use of radioactive materials. While this material has a short half-life, meaning it quickly breaks down into inert, or non-radioactive substances, using such materials presents the risk of accidental environmental contamination and physical injury. Although we believe that our safety procedures for storing, handling, transporting and disposing of these hazardous materials comply with the standards prescribed by law and regulation, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from those hazardous materials. We maintain professional liability insurance that covers such matters with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. However, in the event of an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. We could incur significant costs and the diversion of our management’s attention in order to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations. We have not had material expenses related to environmental, health and safety laws or regulations to date.

 

20


How to Obtain Our SEC Filings

All reports we file with the SEC are available free of charge via EDGAR through the SEC website at www.sec.gov. In addition, the public may read and copy materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. We also provide copies of our Forms 8-K, 10-K, 10-Q, Proxy, Annual Report and amendments to those documents at no charge to investors upon request and make electronic copies of such reports available through our website at www.alliancehealthcareservices-us.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with the SEC. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, nor does it form a part of, this annual report on Form 10-K, or any other document that we file with the SEC.

Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., 100 Bayview Circle, Suite 400, Newport Beach, California 92660, Attn: Investor Relations, tel: (949) 242-5300.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below is information regarding our executive officers, including their principal occupations for the past five years and their ages as of March 14, 2011. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and any other executive officer or board member. Our executive officers are elected by our board of directors and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Present Position

Paul S. Viviano

     57       Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Michael F. Frisch

     53       President, Alliance Imaging

Richard J. Hall

     57       President, Alliance Oncology

Howard K. Aihara

     47       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Eli H. Glovinsky

     50       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Christopher J. Joyce

     47       Executive Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions

Nicholas A. Poan

     33       Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance and Chief Accounting Officer

Paul S. Viviano has been a director since 2003 and the chairman of the Board since November 2003. He served as our president and chief operating officer from January 2, 2003 through April 7, 2003 at which time he became our president and chief executive officer. Effective October 1, 2004, Mr. Viviano became our chairman and chief executive officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Viviano was chief executive officer of USC University Hospital and USC Norris Cancer Hospital from 2000 to 2002. He was employed by the St. Joseph Health System from 1987 to 2000 and served as its executive vice president and chief operating officer from 1995 to 2000. Mr. Viviano currently serves as the Chairman of the Finance Committee.

Michael F. Frisch has served as president, Alliance Imaging since November 2008, our executive vice president and chief operating officer since January 5, 2007, our senior vice president, southeast region, since September 2004, and our regional vice president, mid-atlantic region from November 2002 to August 2004. From January 1999 through October 2002, Mr. Frisch served as senior vice president-regional operations of American Dental Partners, a dental practice management company.

Richard J. Hall has served as president, Alliance Oncology since November 2008. Mr. Hall’s health care background includes more than 25 years experience in both the public and private sectors, including approximately four years as senior vice president of business development and marketing for US Oncology, the nation’s largest oncology services provider. Mr. Hall began his career with American Hospital Supply and has also held senior leadership positions with General Medical Corporation, McKesson Corporation, PatientKeeper® and BrightStar Healthcare®.

 

21


Howard K. Aihara has served as our executive vice president and chief financial officer since December 2005. Mr. Aihara joined us in September 2000 as our vice president and corporate controller. From 1997 until September 2000, he was vice president, finance, for UniMed Management Company, a physician practice management company in Burbank, California. From 1995 through 1997, he was executive director and corporate controller for AHI Healthcare Systems, Inc. of Downey, California. AHI was a publicly traded physician practice management company. Mr. Aihara began his career at Ernst & Young LLP and is a certified public accountant (inactive).

Eli H. Glovinsky has served as our executive vice president, secretary and general counsel since February 2007. Prior to joining Alliance, Mr. Glovinsky served as corporate vice president and chief legal counsel at Premier Inc., a voluntary alliance of hospitals and health systems, representing approximately 1,500 hospitals and 20,000 other health care providers. From 1997 to 2003 Mr. Glovinsky served as Premier’s vice president and associate general counsel. Mr. Glovinsky began his career as an associate at the law firm of Konowieki & Rank.

Christopher J. Joyce has served as our executive vice president, mergers and acquisitions since January 1, 2008. He joined us in October 2004 as interim regional vice president of one of our regions and was appointed senior vice president of business development in May 2005. Mr. Joyce held the position of senior vice president, general counsel and secretary from February 2006 through February 2007, and then served as senior vice president of one of our regions until December 2007. Prior to joining Alliance, Mr. Joyce served as chief executive officer of Medical Resources, Inc., a publicly-traded fixed-site imaging center operator with 60 centers in nine states. He joined Medical Resources as its senior vice president and general counsel in May 1998 after leaving Alliance Entertainment Corp., a publicly-traded music distribution enterprise where he served as executive vice president of business affairs and general counsel. Mr. Joyce began his career in 1988 as a corporate associate at the law firm of Willkie Farr & Gallagher.

Nicholas A. Poan has served as our senior vice president, corporate finance since October 2006, and our chief accounting officer since December 2005. Previous to these roles, Mr. Poan served as our director of accounting, assistant controller and as part of our accounting management team since May 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Poan worked at Deloitte & Touche LLP from September 2000 through May 2003 and is a certified public accountant (inactive).

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

You should carefully consider the risks described below before investing in our publicly-traded securities. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations will likely suffer. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Changes in the rates or methods of third-party reimbursements for diagnostic imaging services could result in reduced demand for our services or create downward pricing pressure, which would result in a decline in our revenues and harm to our financial position.

We derive approximately 20% of our revenues from direct billings to patients and third-party payors such as Medicare, Medicaid or private health insurance companies, and changes in the rates or methods of reimbursement for the services we provide could have a significant negative impact on those revenues. Moreover, our healthcare provider clients on whom we depend for the majority of our revenues generally rely on reimbursement from third-party payors. If our clients receive decreased reimbursement, this could result in a reduced demand for our services or downward pricing pressures, which could have a material impact on our financial position.

With respect to our retail business, for services for which we bill Medicare directly, we are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which is updated on an annual basis. Under the Medicare statutory formula,

 

22


payments under the Physician Fee Schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. For 2010, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) projected a rate reduction of 21.2% under the statutory formula and a number of legislative measures were passed to prevent this reduction. For the second half of 2010, the update factor was increased by 2.2%. For 2011, the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 which was signed into law on December 15, 2010, froze the 2010 update through 2011. Because CMS was required to make its other changes to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (discussed below) budget neutral, CMS made a downward adjustment to what is known as the “conversion factor,” which translates values in dollar amounts. Whereas the conversion factor for the end of 2010 was $36.8729, it is $33.9764 for 2011. At this time, we do not believe the change will have a material impact on our business. If Congress fails to intervene to prevent the negative update factor in the future through either another temporary measure or a permanent revision to the statutory formula, however, the resulting decrease in payment will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations.

For retail services furnished on or after July 1, 2010, CMS began implementing a 50% reduction in reimbursement for multiple images on contiguous body parts, as mandated by the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”). This is a 25% increase from prior years. In its final Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rule for calendar year 2011, effective January 1, 2011, CMS is applying the same reduction to certain CT and CT angiography (“CTA”), MRI and MR angiography (“MRA”), and ultrasound services furnished to the same patient in the same session, regardless of the imaging modality, and not limited to contiguous body areas. CMS projects that the final rule reduces payment for 20% more services than the current multiple procedure payment reduction policy. CMS expects that the final rule primarily reduces payments for radiology services and to freestanding diagnostic imaging centers, such as our retail business. At this time, we do not believe that the multiple procedure payment reductions will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

Regulatory updates to the Physician Fee Schedule for calendar year 2010 include reduced payment rates for certain diagnostic services using equipment costing more than $1 million through revisions to usage assumptions from the previous 50% usage rate to a 90% usage rate. This utilization change, to be phased in over a four-year period, applies to MRI and CT scans, but not for radiation therapy and other therapeutic equipment. The PPACA superseded CMS’s assumed usage rate for such equipment and, beginning on January 1, 2011, the PPACA requires CMS to use a 75% utilization rate. For 2011, CMS also finalized its proposed rule to expand the list of services to which the higher equipment utilization rate assumption applies to include certain diagnostic CTA and MRA procedures using similar CT and MRI scanners that cost more than $1 million. At this time, we estimate that the new usage assumptions for MRI and CT scans under the PPACA, which became effective on January 1, 2011, will not have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

Other regulatory changes to the 2010 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule involve revaluing certain components of the fee schedule payment rate, which impact radiology and other diagnostic tests, including the services we provide. Some of these changes are being transitioned over a four year period, with full implementation in 2013. For the 2010 transition payment, CMS estimated that the aggregate impact of its changes (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above) results in a 1% reduction in radiation oncology, 5% reduction in radiology, 18% reduction in nuclear medicine and 12% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. To date these changes have not had a material impact on our retail revenues. Effective January 1, 2011, CMS made further adjustments to the fee schedule so that specialties that have a higher proportion of the payment rate attributable to operating expenses such as equipment and supplies, which include radiation oncology, will experience an increase in aggregate payments. In addition, as a result of adjustments to codes identified to be misvalued, radiation oncology specialties and suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests are among the entities that will experience decreases in aggregate payment. Some of these changes will be transitioned, and CMS estimates that the impact for 2011 (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above as well as the expanded multiple procedure payment reductions for certain imaging services) will be no reduction in radiation

 

23


oncology, 10% reduction in radiology, 4% reduction in nuclear medicine and 15% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. These estimated impacts are calculated prior to the application of the conversion factor discussed above. At this time, we do not believe that the regulatory changes will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

In addition to annual updates to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, as indicated above, CMS also publishes regulatory changes to the hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“HOPPS”) on an annual basis. These payments are the amounts received by our hospital clients for hospital outpatient services and summarized in the table below:

 

     2008 Payment      2009 Payment      2010 Payment      2011 Payment  

Nonmyocardial PET and PET/CT scan

   $ 1,057       $ 1,037       $ 1,037       $ 1,042   
                                   

Myocardial PET scan

   $ 1,400       $ 1,157       $ 1,433       $ 1,107   
                                   

Stereotactic radiosurgery treatment delivery systems (depending on the level of service)

   $ 1,057 - $8,055       $ 952 - $7,642       $ 963 - $7,344       $ 977 - $7,661   
                                   

The PET and PET/CT Medicare HOPPS rate reductions did not have a material negative effect on revenue and earnings in 2008, 2009 or 2010. At this time, however, we cannot predict the impact of future rate reductions on our future revenues or business.

The 2011 HOPPS and Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rules also implemented a number of PPACA provisions, including the waiver of beneficiary cost-sharing for certain preventive services covered under Medicare, such as screening mammograms and colonoscopies. Effective January 1, 2011, Medicare beneficiaries are no longer required to satisfy their deductibles or pay a copayment amount for these services. CMS states that by eliminating these out-of-pocket costs, beneficiaries are encouraged to make full use of their Medicare preventive benefits. At this time, we cannot predict whether these changes will have a material impact on the demand for our services and/or our future revenues.

Over the past few years, the growth rate of MRI industry wide scan volumes has slowed in part due to weak hospital volumes as reported by several investor-owned hospital companies, additional patient-related cost-sharing programs and an increasing trend of third-party payors intensifying their utilization management efforts, for example through benefit managers who require preauthorizations, to control the growth rate of imaging services generally. We expect that these trends will continue throughout the remainder of 2011. Another recent initiative to potentially reduce utilization of certain imaging services, authorized under MIPPA, is the Medicare Imaging Demonstration, which is a two-year demonstration project designed to collect data regarding physician use of advanced diagnostic imaging services. This information would be used to determine the appropriateness of services by developing medical specialty guidelines for advanced imaging procedures within three designated modalities (MRI, CT and nuclear medicine). On February 2, 2011, CMS announced that it selected five participants for the demonstration project, although a start date has not yet been established.

In addition, we cannot predict the full extent of the PPACA on our business. The reform law substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Although certain provisions may negatively impact payment rates for certain imaging services, the PPACA also extends coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured people which may result in an increase in the demand for our services. Further, we cannot predict at this time whether other legislative changes will be adopted, if any, or how these or future changes will affect the demand for our services.

We may experience competition from other medical diagnostic and radiation oncology companies and equipment manufacturers and this competition could adversely affect our revenues and our business.

The market for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services and systems is competitive. Our major diagnostic imaging competitors include RadNet, Inc., InSight Health Services Corp., Medquest, Inc., Shared

 

24


Medical Services, Kings Medical Company Inc. and DMS Health Group. Our major radiation oncology competitors include Radiation Therapy Services, Inc., Vantage Oncology, Inc., Oncare Medical Corp., and US Oncology, Inc. In addition to direct competition from other imaging and radiation oncology providers, we compete with independent imaging centers and referring physicians with diagnostic imaging systems in their own offices, as well as with original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, that aggressively sell or lease imaging systems to healthcare providers for full-time installation. In recent years we have seen an increase in activity by OEMs’ sale of systems directly to a certain number of our clients. Typically, OEMs target our higher scan volume clients. This increase in activity by OEMs has resulted in overcapacity of systems in the marketplace, especially related to medical groups adding imaging capacity within their practice settings. This has caused an increase in the number of our higher scan volume clients deciding not to renew their contracts. We replace these higher volume scan clients typically with lower volume clients. Our MRI revenues decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2009 due to a decrease in demand. We believe that MRI revenues will continue to decline in future years.

There are many competitors in the imaging sector we find ourselves competing with to gain business. If we are unable to successfully compete, our client base would decline and our business and financial condition would be harmed.

Our revenues may fluctuate or be unpredictable and this may impact our financial results.

The amount and timing of revenues that we may derive from our business will fluctuate based on:

 

   

variations in the rate at which clients renew their contracts;

 

   

the extent to which our mobile shared-service clients become full-time clients;

 

   

changes in the number of days of service we can offer with respect to a given system due to equipment malfunctions or the seasonal factors discussed below; and

 

   

the mix of wholesale and retail billing for our services.

In addition, we experience seasonality in the sale of our services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenue is affected primarily by fewer calendar days and inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. The variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues due to the fixed nature of our costs. As a result, our revenues may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, and our quarterly results may be below market expectations. We also experience fluctuations in revenues generated due to acquisition activity and general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown. We may not be able to reduce our expenses, including our debt service obligations, quickly enough to respond to these declines in revenue, which would make our business difficult to operate and would harm our financial results.

We may be unable to renew or maintain our client contracts, which would harm our business and financial results.

Upon expiration of our clients’ contracts, we are subject to the risk that clients will cease using our imaging services and purchase or lease their own imaging systems or use our competitors’ imaging systems. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we experienced a modest rate of contract terminations partially due to stepped up marketing, sales and attractive financing alternatives being offered by original equipment manufacturers to our clients. A portion of our clients can execute early termination clauses and discontinue service prior to maturity. As a result, our MRI revenues for 2010 declined compared to 2009 levels due to a decrease in demand and we believe that MRI revenues from our shared-service operations will continue to decline in future periods. If these contracts are not renewed, it could result in a significant negative impact on our business. It is not always

 

25


possible to immediately obtain replacement clients, and historically many replacement clients have been smaller facilities which have a lower number of scans than lost clients.

Managed care organizations may prevent healthcare providers from using our services which would cause us to lose current and prospective clients.

Healthcare providers participating as providers under managed care plans may be required to refer diagnostic imaging tests to specific imaging service providers depending on the plan in which each covered patient is enrolled. These requirements currently inhibit healthcare providers from using our diagnostic imaging services in some cases. The proliferation of managed care may prevent an increasing number of healthcare providers from using our services in the future which would cause our revenues to decline.

We may be unable to effectively maintain our imaging and radiation oncology systems or generate revenue when our systems are not working.

Timely, effective service is essential to maintaining our reputation and high utilization rates on our imaging and radiation oncology systems. Repairs to one of our systems can take up to two weeks and result in a loss of revenue. Our warranties and maintenance contracts do not fully compensate us for loss of revenue when our systems are not working. The principal components of our operating costs include depreciation, salaries paid to technologists and other clinical staff, drivers, annual system maintenance costs, insurance and transportation costs. Because the majority of these expenses are fixed, a reduction in the number of scans or treatments performed due to out-of-service equipment will result in lower revenues and margins. Repairs of our equipment are performed for us by the equipment manufacturers. These manufacturers may not be able to perform repairs or supply needed parts in a timely manner. Thus, if we experience greater than anticipated system malfunctions or if we are unable to promptly obtain the service necessary to keep our systems functioning effectively, our revenues could decline and our ability to provide services would be harmed.

Our ability to maximize the utilization of our diagnostic imaging equipment may be adversely impacted by harsh weather conditions, which may affect our ability to generate revenue.

Harsh weather conditions can adversely impact our operations and financial condition. To the extent severe weather patterns affect the regions in which we operate, potential patients may find it difficult to travel to our centers and we may have difficulty moving our mobile systems along their scheduled routes. As a result, we would experience a decrease in scan volume during that period. Our equipment utilization, scan volume or revenues could be adversely affected by similar conditions in the future.

Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit markets could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition, or liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets. Recent global market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with tighter credit conditions continuing into 2011. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term and wide-spread unemployment, recession, inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit and the United States housing market have contributed to increased market volatility and led to increased market uncertainty and instability in both United States and international capital and credit markets. These conditions, combined with volatile oil prices, declining business and consumer confidence, increased tax rates and governmental budget deficits and debt levels have contributed to volatility of unprecedented levels. We believe our MRI and PET/CT scan volumes have been impacted during 2010 and will continue to be impacted in 2011 by high unemployment rates, the number of under-insured or uninsured patients and other conditions arising from the global economic conditions described above. At this time, it is unclear the extent of the impact this might have on our future revenues or business.

 

26


As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically has led many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and in some cases, cease to provide funding to borrowers.

Continued turbulence in the United States and international markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If these market conditions continue, they may limit our ability, and the ability of our customers, to timely meet liquidity needs, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

Several states are experiencing a budget crisis which has resulted in significant state government cutbacks. These budget crises, if not successfully resolved, could have an impact on our revenue. To the extent state Medicaid program are unable to provide payments on a timely basis, or at all, our revenues, financial condition and results of operations will not be materially impacted.

We may not receive payment from some of our healthcare provider customers because of their financial circumstances.

Some of our healthcare provider customers do not have significant financial resources, liquidity or access to capital. If these customers experience financial difficulties they may be unable to pay us for the equipment and services that we provide. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, write-offs of accounts receivables from healthcare provider customers that become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or are otherwise unable to pay amounts owed to us. A significant deterioration in general or local economic conditions could have a material adverse affect on the financial health of certain of our healthcare provider customers. As a result, we may have to increase the amounts of accounts receivables that we write-off, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Natural disasters could adversely affect our business and operations.

Our corporate headquarters is located in California and we currently operate in various geographic regions across 46 states, subject to varying risks for natural disaster, including but not limited to, hurricanes, blizzards, floods, earthquakes and tornados. Depending upon their severity, these natural disasters could damage our facilities and systems or prevent potential patients from traveling to our centers. Damage to our equipment or any interruption in our business would adversely affect our financial condition and could result in the loss of the capital invested in the damaged facilities or systems or anticipated future cash flows from those facilities or imaging systems.

Technological change in our industry could reduce the demand for our services and require us to incur significant costs to upgrade our equipment.

We operate in a competitive, capital intensive and high fixed-cost industry. The development of new technologies or refinements of existing ones might make our existing systems technologically or economically obsolete, or reduce the need for our systems. MRI, PET and PET/CT, radiation oncology and other diagnostic imaging systems are currently manufactured by numerous companies. Competition among manufacturers for a greater share of the MRI, PET and PET/CT and other diagnostic imaging systems market has resulted in and likely will continue to result in technological advances in the speed and imaging capacity of these new systems. Consequently, the obsolescence of our systems may be accelerated. Should new technological advances occur, we may not be able to acquire the new or improved systems. In the future, to the extent we are unable to generate sufficient cash from our operations or obtain additional funds through bank financing or the issuance of equity or debt securities, we may be unable to maintain a competitive equipment base. In addition, advancing technology may enable hospitals, physicians or other diagnostic service providers to perform procedures without the assistance of diagnostic service providers such as ourselves. As a result, we may not be able to maintain our competitive position in our targeted regions or expand our business.

 

27


High fuel costs would harm our operations.

Fuel costs constitute a significant portion of our mobile operating expenses, through diesel fuel for our tractor fleet and mileage reimbursement for our technologists. Historically, fuel costs have been subject to wide price fluctuations based on geopolitical issues and supply and demand. Fuel availability is also affected by demand for home heating oil, diesel, gasoline and other petroleum products, as well as overall economic conditions. Because of the effect of these events on the price and availability of fuel, the cost and future availability of fuel cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. In the event of a fuel supply shortage or further increases in fuel prices, a curtailment of scheduled mobile service could result. There have been significant increases in fuel costs and continued high fuel costs or further increases will harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Because a high percentage of our operating expenses are fixed, a relatively small decrease in revenues could have a significant negative impact on our financial results.

A high percentage of our expenses are fixed, meaning they do not vary significantly with the increase or decrease in revenues. Such expenses include, but are not limited to, debt service and capital lease payments, rent and operating lease payments, salaries, maintenance, insurance and vehicle operation costs. As a result, a relatively small reduction in the prices we charge for our services or procedure volume could have a disproportionate negative effect on our financial results.

We may be subject to professional liability risks, which could be costly and could negatively impact our business and financial results.

We may be subject to professional liability claims. Although there currently are no known hazards associated with any of our scanning or therapy delivery technologies directly related to the physical equipment when used properly, hazards may be discovered in the future. Furthermore, there is a risk of harm to a patient during an MRI if the patient has certain types of metal implants or cardiac pacemakers within his or her body. Although patients are screened to safeguard against this risk, screening may nevertheless fail to identify the hazard. There also is potential risk to patients treated with therapy equipment secondary to inadvertent or excessive over or under exposure to radiation—a topic on which the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Energy and Commerce Subcommittee on Health held a hearing on February 26, 2010. We maintain professional liability insurance with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. However, any claim made against us could be costly to defend against, result in a substantial damage award against us and divert the attention of our management from our operations, which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

Loss of key executives and failure to attract qualified managers and sales persons could limit our growth and negatively impact our operations.

We depend upon our management team to a substantial extent. In particular, we depend upon Mr. Viviano, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors for his skills, experience and knowledge of our Company and industry contacts. We do not have key employee insurance policies covering any of our management team. The loss of Mr. Viviano or other members of our management team could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We require field managers and sales persons with experience in our industry to operate and sell our services for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology. It is impossible to predict the availability of qualified field managers and sales persons or the compensation levels that will be required to hire them. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management or our inability to hire qualified field managers and sales persons at economically reasonable compensation levels could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business.

Many of the states in which we operate do not enforce agreements that prohibit a former employee from competing with a former employer. As a result, many of our employees whose employment is terminated are free

 

28


to compete with us, subject to prohibitions on the use of confidential information and, depending on the terms of the employee’s employment agreement, on solicitation of existing employees and customers. A former executive, field or sales manager or other key employee who joins one of our competitors could use the relationships he or she established while our employee and the industry knowledge he or she acquired during that tenure to enhance the new employer’s ability to compete with us.

Loss of, and failure to attract, qualified employees, technologists and other clinical staff could limit our growth and negatively impact our operations.

Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. Competition in our industry for qualified employees is intense. In particular, there is a very high demand for qualified technologists who are necessary to operate our systems, particularly PET and PET/CT technologists. We may not be able to hire and retain a sufficient number of technologists, therapists, physicists and dosimetrists and we expect that our costs for the salaries and benefits of these employees will continue to increase for the foreseeable future because of the industry’s competitive demand for their services. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

Our positron emission tomography and positron emission tomography/computed tomography, or PET and PET/CT services, and some of our other imaging services require the use of radioactive materials, which could subject us to regulation- related costs and delays and potential liabilities for injuries or violations of environmental, health and safety laws.

Our PET and PET/CT services and some of our other imaging services require radioactive materials. While this radioactive material has a short half-life, meaning it quickly breaks down into inert, or non-radioactive substances, storage, use and disposal of these materials present the risk of accidental environmental contamination and physical injury. We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing storage, handling and disposal of these materials and waste products. In spite of our safety procedures for storing, handling and disposing of these hazardous materials, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from those hazardous materials. We maintain professional liability insurance with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. However, in the event of an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. We could incur significant costs and the diversion of our management’s attention in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from future acquisitions, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results.

We have historically relied on acquisitions as a method of expanding our business. In addition, we will consider future acquisitions as opportunities arise. If we do not successfully integrate acquisitions, we may not realize anticipated operating advantages and cost savings. The integration of companies that have previously operated separately involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

demands on management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from the management of daily operations to the integration of operations;

 

   

difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees;

 

   

potential adverse effects on operating results; and

 

   

challenges in retaining clients.

 

29


We may not be able to maintain the levels of operating efficiency acquired companies have achieved or might achieve separately. Successful integration of each of their operations will depend upon our ability to manage those operations and to eliminate redundant and excess costs. Because of difficulties in combining operations, we may not be able to achieve the cost savings and other size-related benefits that we hoped to achieve after these acquisitions, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

Funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and MTS Health Investors, LLC beneficially own the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock and are therefore able to exert significant influence over us, including with respect to change of control transactions.

As of December 31, 2010, funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and MTS Health Investors, LLC (collectively the “Oaktree Parties”) beneficially owned approximately 51.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock. So long as they beneficially own at least 35% of our outstanding shares of common stock, the Oaktree Parties will have the right to designate three of the members of our board of directors. In addition, as of April 2010, the provisions of a standstill agreement we entered into with the Oaktree Parties limiting their ability to acquire more than 49.9% of our outstanding common stock terminated.

As a result of their ownership of our common stock and their other arrangements described above, the Oaktree Parties have the ability to exert significant influence on our management and operations, as well as control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including approving mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and advisory votes, including advisory votes related to our executive pay practices and appointment of independent registered auditors. This concentration of ownership and voting power may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other similar transaction that involves a third party.

Because of the equity ownership of the Oaktree Parties, we are considered a “controlled company” for purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are exempt from the requirement that the majority of our board of directors meet the standards of independence established by the NYSE and we are exempt from the requirement that we have separate Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees comprised entirely of directors who meet such independence standards. Although we do not currently intend to rely upon the exemption available for controlled companies, we may choose to utilize the exemption at any time that we remain a controlled company. The NYSE independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standards are free of any conflicting interest with management that could influence their actions as directors. It is possible that the interests of the Oaktree Parties may in some circumstances conflict with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders.

Possible volatility in our stock price could negatively affect us and our stockholders.

The trading price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange has fluctuated significantly in the past. During the period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010, the trading price of our common stock fluctuated from a high of $12.03 per share to a low of $3.32 per share. In the past, we have experienced a drop in stock price following an announcement of disappointing earnings or earnings guidance. Any such announcement in the future could lead to a similar drop in stock price. The price of our common stock could also be subject to wide fluctuations in the future as a result of a number of other factors, including the following:

 

   

changes in expectations as to future financial performance or buy/sell recommendations of securities analysts;

 

   

our, or a competitor’s, announcement of new products or services, or significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

   

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies.

 

30


In addition, the U.S. securities markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations often have been unrelated to the operating performance of companies in these markets. Broad market and industry factors may lead to volatility in the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Moreover, our stock has limited trading volume, and this illiquidity may increase the volatility of our stock price.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of an individual company’s securities, securities class action litigation often has been instituted against that company. The institution of similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our organizational documents may discourage an acquisition of us.

In the future, we could become the subject of an unsolicited attempted takeover of our Company. Although an unsolicited takeover could be in the best interests of our stockholders, our organizational documents and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware both contain provisions that will impede the removal of directors and may discourage a third-party from making a proposal to acquire us. For example, the provisions:

 

   

permit the board of directors to increase its own size and fill the resulting vacancies;

 

   

provide for a board composed of three classes of directors with each class serving a staggered three-year term;

 

   

authorize the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock in one or more series without a stockholder vote; and

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors.

Moreover, these provisions can only be amended by the vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding shares entitled to vote. Furthermore, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of Our Business

Complying with federal and state regulations is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.

We are directly or indirectly through our clients subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business, including the federal Anti-Kickback Law and similar state anti-kickback laws, the Stark Law and similar state laws affecting physician referrals, the federal False Claims Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and similar state laws addressing privacy and security, state unlawful practice of medicine and fee splitting laws, state certificate of need laws, the Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations, and requirements for handling biohazardous and radioactive materials and wastes.

Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of health care companies, as well as their executives and managers. These investigations relate to a wide variety of matters, including referral and billing practices. The Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) and the Department

 

31


of Justice (“DOJ”) have, from time to time, established national enforcement initiatives that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. Some of our activities could become the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws and regulations to which we or our clients are subject, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines or curtailment of our operations, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Our risk of being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert management’s attention from the operation of our business. For a more detailed discussion of the various state and federal regulations to which we are subject see “Business—Regulation,” “Business—Reimbursement” and “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Laws.”

Federal and state anti-kickback and anti-self-referral laws may adversely affect our operations and income.

Various federal and state laws govern financial arrangements among health care providers. The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare program patients, or in return for, or to induce, the purchase, lease or order of items or services that are covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Many state laws also prohibit the solicitation, payment or receipt of remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of patients in private as well as government programs. Violation of these laws may result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and/or exclusion from participation in federal or state healthcare programs. We believe that we are operating in compliance with applicable laws and believe that our arrangements with providers would not be found to violate the federal and state anti-kickback laws. However, these laws could be interpreted in a manner that could have an adverse effect on our operations.

The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to any entity for certain designated health services (including MRI and other diagnostic imaging services) if the physician has a prohibited financial relationship with that entity, unless an exception applies. Although we believe that our operations do not violate the Stark Law, our activities may be challenged. If a challenge to our activities is successful, it could have an adverse effect on our operations. In addition, legislation may be enacted in the future that further addresses Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse or that imposes additional requirements or burdens on us.

A number of states in which our diagnostic imaging centers are located have adopted a form of anti-kickback law and/or Stark Law. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. A determination of liability under the laws described in this risk factor could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

In addition, under the DRA, states are encouraged to adopt false claims acts, similar to the federal False Claims Act, which establish liability for submission of fraudulent claims to the State Medicaid program and contain qui tam or whistleblower provisions. States enacting such false claims statutes will receive an increased percentage of any recovery from a State Medicaid judgment or settlement. Adoption of new false claims statutes in states where we operate may impose additional requirements or burdens on us.

 

32


Healthcare reform legislation and regulations could impact our operations or limit the prices we can charge for our services, which would reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.

In addition to extensive existing government healthcare regulation, there have been and continue to be numerous initiatives at the federal and state levels for reforms affecting the payment for and availability of healthcare services, including proposals that would significantly limit reimbursement under the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Limitations on reimbursement amounts and other cost containment pressures have in the past resulted in a decrease in the revenue we receive for each scan we perform.

Regulations published in November 2006 by CMS identify 14 supplier standards applicable to independent diagnostic testing facilities, or IDTFs, which include some of our facilities. CMS designed these standards to ensure that minimum quality standards are met to protect Medicare beneficiaries. If an IDTF fails to meet one or more of the standards at the time of enrollment or re-enrollment, then its application will be denied or the agency will revoke an IDTF’s billing privileges. These standards went into effect on January 1, 2007, and IDTFs must meet these standards to obtain or retain enrollment in the Medicare program. CMS published additional regulatory provisions in November 2007 and November 2008 that revised the existing IDTF standards and also created several additional standards. These changes went into effect on January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2009, respectively. To the extent that CMS publishes interpretations of these standards that are more restrictive than the standards described in the agency’s published rules, our business could be adversely impacted. These standards have not had a material impact on our business.

The application or repeal of state certificate of need regulations could harm our business and financial results.

Some states require a certificate of need or similar regulatory approval prior to the acquisition of high-cost capital items, including diagnostic imaging systems or provision of diagnostic imaging services by us or our clients. Twenty-one of the 46 states in which we operate require a certificate of need and more states may adopt similar licensure frameworks in the future. In many cases, a limited number of these certificates are available in a given state. If we are unable to obtain the applicable certificate or approval or additional certificates or approvals necessary to expand our operations, these regulations may limit or preclude our operations in the relevant jurisdictions.

Conversely, states in which we have obtained a certificate of need may repeal existing certificate of need regulations or liberalize exemptions from the regulations. For example, Pennsylvania, Nebraska, New York, Ohio and Tennessee have liberalized exemptions from certificate of need programs. The repeal of certificate of need regulations in states in which we have obtained a certificate of need or a certificate of need exemption would lower barriers to entry for competition in those states and could adversely affect our business.

If we fail to comply with various licensure, certification and accreditation standards, we may be subject to loss of licensure, certification or accreditation which would adversely affect our operations.

All of the states in which we operate require that the imaging technologists that operate our computed tomography, single photon emission computed tomography and positron emission tomography systems be licensed or certified. Also, each of our retail sites must continue to meet various requirements in order to receive payments from the Medicare program. In addition, we are currently accredited by The Joint Commission, an independent, non-profit organization that accredits various types of healthcare providers such as hospitals, nursing homes and providers of diagnostic imaging services. In the healthcare industry, various types of organizations are accredited to meet certain Medicare certification requirements, expedite third-party payments and fulfill state licensure requirements. Some managed care providers prefer to contract with accredited organizations. Any lapse in our licenses, certifications or accreditations, or those of our technologists, or the failure of any of our retail sites to satisfy the necessary requirements under Medicare could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

 

33


Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could restrict our operations and make us more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2010, we had $653.3 million of outstanding debt, excluding letters of credit, and approximately $115.3 million was available for borrowing under our New Revolving Credit Facility. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for our stockholders. For example, it could:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in our industry;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt in relation to cash flow;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds on terms that are satisfactory to us or at all.

If there is a default under the agreements governing our material indebtedness, the value of our assets may not be sufficient to repay our creditors.

Our property and equipment, which make up a significant portion of our tangible assets, had a net book value of $311.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and $340.1 million as of December 31, 2009. The book value of these assets should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. The realizable value may be lower than such net book value. The value of our assets in the event of liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. A sale of these assets in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding would likely be made under duress, which would reduce the amounts that could be recovered. Furthermore, such a sale could occur when other companies in our industry also are distressed, which might increase the supply of similar assets and therefore reduce the amounts that could be recovered. Our goodwill and other intangible assets had a net book value of $287.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and $294.4 million as of December 31, 2009. These assets primarily consist of the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair market value of the net assets acquired in purchase transactions, customer contracts and costs to obtain certificates of need. The value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to depend significantly upon the success of our business as a going concern and the growth in future cash flows. As a result, in the event of a default under the agreements governing our material indebtedness or any bankruptcy or dissolution of our Company, the realizable value of these assets will likely be substantially lower and may be insufficient to satisfy the claims of our creditors.

The financial condition of our assets will likely deteriorate during any period of financial distress preceding a sale of our assets. In addition, much of our assets consist of illiquid assets that may have to be sold at a substantial discount in an insolvency situation. Accordingly, the proceeds of any such sale of our assets may not be sufficient to satisfy, and may be substantially less than, amounts due to our creditors.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness, which could increase the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the New Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes permit us or our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, subject to certain restrictions. Further, the New Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes allow for the incurrence of indebtedness by our subsidiaries, all of which would be structurally senior to the

 

34


notes. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our New Credit Facility permitted additional borrowings of up to approximately $115.3 million under the New Revolving Credit Facility subject to the covenants contained in the New Credit Facility, and all of those borrowings would be senior to the notes to the extent of the assets securing the New Credit Facility. If new debt is added to our or our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the risks discussed above could intensify.

If we are unable to generate or borrow sufficient cash to make payments on our indebtedness or to refinance our indebtedness on acceptable terms, our financial condition would be materially harmed, our business may fail and you may lose all of your investment.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our obligations with respect to our debt will depend on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our control. As a result of the recent global market and economic conditions, the cost and availability of credit and equity capital have been severely impacted. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity or sell certain of our assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

We may not be able to finance future needs or adapt our business plan to changes because of restrictions placed on us by our credit facility, our notes, the indentures governing our notes and instruments governing our other indebtedness.

The indenture governing the notes and our New Credit Facility contain affirmative and negative covenants which restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

create liens or other encumbrances;

 

   

make certain payments and dividends; or

 

   

merge or consolidate.

All of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. A failure to comply with these covenants and restrictions would permit the relevant creditors to declare all amounts borrowed under the relevant borrowing, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. If the indebtedness under the credit facility or the notes is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts due under the credit facility, the notes or on other indebtedness then outstanding. If we are not able to refinance our debt, we could become subject to bankruptcy proceedings, and you may lose all or a portion of your investment because the claims of certain of our creditors on our assets are prior to the claims of holders of the notes.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition.

An increase in prevailing interest rates would have an effect on the interest rates charged on our variable rate debt, which rise and fall upon changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $455.4 million of our debt was at variable interest rates, for which risks from rising interest rates are protected through interest rate cap agreements with notional amounts totaling $150.0 million as described below.

 

35


During the first quarter of 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which has a notional amount of $56.8 million, to hedge future cash interest payments associated with a portion of the our variable rate bank debt. Under the terms of this agreement, which matures in November 2011, we receive three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of 2.07%. The net effect of the hedge is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 4.57%, as the debt incurs interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

In the first quarter of 2010, we entered into one interest rate swap agreement and three interest rate cap agreements in order to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The swap agreement, which matures in January 2011, has a notional amount of $92.7 million and synthetically unwinds the effects of a swap entered into in 2009. The interest rate cap agreements, which mature in February 2014, have a total notional amount of $150.0 million and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements we have purchased a cap on LIBOR at 4.50%.

Increases in interest rates would also impact the refinancing of our debt. If interest rates are higher when our debt becomes due, we may be forced to borrow at the higher rates. If prevailing interest rates or other factors result in higher interest rates, the increased interest expense would adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to service our debt. As a protection against rising interest rates, we may enter into agreements such as interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate exchange contracts. These agreements, however, carry the risks that the other parties to the agreements may not perform or that the agreements could be unenforceable.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties.

We lease approximately 36,634 square feet of space in Newport Beach, California for our executive and principal administrative offices. We also lease 20,000 square feet of space in Canton, Ohio for our retail billing operations. We have 15,900 square feet of space for a large regional office in Andover, Massachusetts, in addition to other small regional offices throughout the country. We also lease a 15,600 square foot operations warehouse in Orange, California and a 9,000 square foot operations warehouse in Childs, Pennsylvania.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we are involved in routine litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. We believe that none of this litigation pending against us will have a material adverse effect on our business.

In connection with our acquisition of Medical Outsourcing Services, LLC (“MOS”) in the third quarter of 2008, we subsequently identified a Medicare billing practice related to a portion of MOS’s retail billing operations that raised compliance issues under Medicare reimbursement guidelines. The practice was in place prior to the acquisition and was discontinued when we became aware of it. In accordance with our corporate compliance program, we have entered into discussions with representatives of the federal government to advise them of the issue and seek guidance on appropriate next steps. The discussions are ongoing and no resolution has yet been reached. Although the government may seek repayment and penalties relating to the billing practice, we do not expect that such repayment and penalties taken as a whole, if imposed on us, would have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position because we believe the amounts we would owe will be substantially or fully off-set by recoveries under the indemnification provisions of the MOS acquisition purchase agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, in June 2010 we commenced arbitration proceedings related to this matter.

 

Item 4. Reserved

 

36


PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AIQ”. The high and low sales prices as reported on the NYSE are set forth below for the respective time periods. As of March 14, 2011, there were 46 stockholders of record of our common stock and approximately 2,500 beneficial holders of our common stock.

 

     2010      2009  
     High      Low      High      Low  

First Quarter

   $ 5.98       $ 4.69       $ 9.79       $ 6.28   

Second Quarter

   $ 5.90       $ 4.01       $ 9.00       $ 6.41   

Third Quarter

   $ 5.06       $ 3.32       $ 7.38       $ 4.84   

Fourth Quarter

   $ 4.99       $ 3.40       $ 6.47       $ 5.06   

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and have no current plans to do so. We intend to retain available cash to provide for the operation of our business, including capital expenditures, fund future acquisitions and repay indebtedness. Our credit facility and the indenture related to our notes restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. In 2010, we withheld 51,442 shares from certain employees to pay taxes related to restricted stock awards that vested. These shares are included in treasury stock and have a weighted-average value of $4.27 per share. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

All stock option plans under which our common stock is reserved for issuance have previously been approved by our shareholders. The following table provides summary information as of December 31, 2010 for all of our stock option plans:

 

     Number of shares
of Common Stock
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
     Number of shares
of Common Stock
remaining available
for future issuance
(excluding shares
reflected in column 1)
 

Stock option plans approved by shareholders

     4,930,925       $ 6.61         1,879,273   

Stock option plans not approved by shareholders

     —           —           —     
                          
     4,930,925       $ 6.61         1,879,273   
                          

 

37


STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph sets forth the cumulative return on our common stock from December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2010, as compared to the cumulative return of the S&P 500 Index and the cumulative return of the S&P Healthcare Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2005 in each of (1) our common stock, (2) the S&P 500 Index and (3) the S&P Healthcare Index and that all dividends (if applicable) were reinvested.

COMPARISON OF THE CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC., THE S&P 500 INDEX, AND

THE S&P HEALTHCARE INDEX

LOGO

 

     12/31/05      12/31/06      12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10  

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

     100.00         111.76         161.68         133.95         95.97         71.26   

S&P 500

     100.00         113.62         117.63         72.36         89.33         100.75   

S&P Healthcare Index

     100.00         105.78         111.49         84.20         98.57         99.26   

This graph and the accompanying text are not “soliciting material,” are not deemed filed with the SEC and are not to be incorporated by reference in any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

 

38


Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

The selected consolidated financial data shown below has been taken or derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included herein (in thousands, except per share data).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 455,775      $ 444,919      $ 495,834      $ 505,513      $ 478,855   

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

     244,254        235,471        261,753        270,381        264,725   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     53,955        57,049        62,728        67,579        67,110   

Transaction costs

     —          —          —          893        2,439   

Severances and related costs

     745        682        636        1,404        1,002   

Impairment charges

     —          —          —          —          42,095   

Depreciation expense

     83,397        82,703        87,728        94,918        92,321   

Amortization expense

     4,933        5,195        8,696        11,000        12,439   

Interest expense and other, net

     41,078        42,362        48,392        45,894        51,203   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          —          61        14,600        —     

Other (income) and expense, net

     45        (579     (872     (1,178     (590
                                        

Total costs and expenses

     428,407        422,883        469,122        505,491        532,744   
                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest

     27,368        22,036        26,712        22        (53,889

Income tax expense (benefit)

     12,032        11,644        11,764        308        (20,799

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

     (5,371     (7,567     (4,605     (3,831     (4,327
                                        

Net income (loss)

     20,707        17,959        19,553        3,545        (28,763

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (2,075     (1,727     (3,030     (3,064     (3,890
                                        

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

   $ 18,632      $ 16,232      $ 16,523      $ 481      $ (32,653
                                        

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.:

          

Basic

   $ 0.37      $ 0.32      $ 0.32      $ 0.01      $ (0.62
                                        

Diluted

   $ 0.37      $ 0.31      $ 0.32      $ 0.01      $ (0.62
                                        

Weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:

          

Basic

     49,780        50,563        51,296        51,738        52,780   

Diluted

     50,335        51,582        52,159        52,155        52,780   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,440      $ 120,892      $ 73,305      $ 111,884      $ 97,162   

Total assets

     664,526        849,807        883,723        887,836        816,201   

Long-term debt, including current maturities

     529,425        670,796        662,562        667,890        653,265   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (12,598     8,079        28,993        34,762        13,659   

 

39


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

We are a leading national provider of advanced outpatient diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy services, based upon annual revenue and number of systems deployed. Our principal sources of revenue are derived from magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) and positron emission tomography/computed tomography (“PET/CT”). We provide imaging and therapeutic services primarily to hospitals and other healthcare providers on a shared-service and full-time service basis. We also provide services through a growing number of fixed-site imaging centers, primarily to hospitals or health systems. Our services normally include the use of our imaging systems, technologists to operate the systems, equipment maintenance and upgrades and management of day-to-day shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging operations. We also provide non scan-based services, which include only the use of our imaging systems under a short-term contract. We have also leveraged our leadership in MRI and PET/CT to expand into radiation oncology and hospital outsourcing. Our radiation oncology business is operated through our wholly owned subsidiary, Alliance Oncology, LLC (“AO”), and includes a wide range of services for cancer patients covering initial consultation, preparation for treatment, simulation of treatment, actual radiation oncology delivery, therapy management and follow-up care. Our services include the use of our linear accelerators, therapists to operate such systems, administrative staff, equipment maintenance and upgrades, and management of day-to-day operations. We also provide stereotactic radiation oncology services through our wholly owned subsidiary, Alliance Radiosurgery, LLC.

MRI, PET/CT and radiation oncology services generated 45%, 39% and 9% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, 47%, 40% and 7% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 54% 34% and 5% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our remaining revenue was comprised of other modality diagnostic imaging services revenue, primarily computed tomography (“CT”) and management contract revenue. We had 535 diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology systems, including 302 MRI systems and 128 positron emission tomography (“PET”) or PET/CT systems and served over 1,000 clients in 46 states at December 31, 2010. We operated 132 fixed-site imaging centers (three in unconsolidated joint ventures), which constitutes systems installed in hospitals or other medical buildings on or near hospital campuses, including modular buildings, systems installed inside medical groups’ offices, and free-standing fixed-site imaging centers, which include systems installed in a medical office building, ambulatory surgical center, or other retail space at December 31, 2010. Of the 132 fixed-site imaging centers, 103 were MRI fixed-site imaging centers, 20 were PET or PET/CT fixed-site imaging centers, six were other modality fixed-site imaging centers and three were in unconsolidated joint ventures. We also operated 27 radiation oncology centers and stereotactic radiosurgery facilities (including two radiation oncology centers in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010.

Approximately 80%, 80% and 79% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were generated by providing services to hospitals and other healthcare providers, which we refer to as wholesale revenues. Our wholesale revenues are typically generated from contracts that require our clients to pay us based on the number of scans we perform on patients on our clients’ behalf, although some pay us a flat fee for a period of time regardless of the number of scans we perform. Wholesale payments are due to us independent of our clients’ receipt of retail reimbursement from third-party payors, although receipt of reimbursement from third-party payors may affect demand for our services. We typically deliver our services for a set number of days per week through exclusive, long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers. The initial terms of these contracts average approximately three years in length for mobile services and approximately five to 10 years in length for fixed-site arrangements. These contracts often contain automatic renewal provisions and certain contracts have cancellation clauses if the hospital or other healthcare provider purchases their own system. We price our contracts based on the type of system used, the scan volume, and the number of ancillary services provided. Pricing is also affected by competitive pressures.

Approximately 20%, 20% and 21% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were generated by providing services directly to patients from our sites located at or near hospitals

 

40


or other healthcare provider facilities, which we refer to as retail revenue. Our revenue from these sites is generated from direct billings to patients or their third-party payors, including Medicare, which are recorded net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at discounted prices. We typically charge a higher price per scan under retail billing than we do under wholesale billing.

Fixed-site imaging centers and radiation oncology centers can be structured as either wholesale or retail arrangements. Our wholesale contracts for radiation oncology services average approximately 10 to 20 years in length. Revenues from these centers are included in either our wholesale or retail revenues.

With respect to our retail business, for services for which we bill Medicare directly, we are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which is updated on an annual basis. Under the Medicare statutory formula, payments under the Physician Fee Schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. For 2010, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) projected a rate reduction of 21.2% under the statutory formula and a number of legislative measures were passed to prevent this reduction. For the second half of 2010, the update factor was increased by 2.2%. For 2011, the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 which was signed into law on December 15, 2010, froze the 2010 update through 2011. Because CMS was required to make its other changes to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (discussed below) budget neutral, CMS made a downward adjustment to what is known as the “conversion factor,” which translates values in dollar amounts. Whereas the conversion factor for the end of 2010 was $36.8729, it is $33.9764 for 2011. At this time, we do not believe the change will have a material impact on our business. If Congress fails to intervene to prevent the negative update factor in the future through either another temporary measure or a permanent revision to the statutory formula, however, the resulting decrease in payment will adversely impact our revenues and results of operations.

For retail services furnished on or after July 1, 2010, CMS began implementing a 50% reduction in reimbursement for multiple images on contiguous body parts, as mandated by the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”). This is a 25% increase from prior years. In its final Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rule for calendar year 2011, effective January 1, 2011, CMS will apply the same reduction to certain CT and CT angiography (“CTA”), MRI and MR angiography (“MRA”), and ultrasound services furnished to the same patient in the same session, regardless of the imaging modality, and not limited to contiguous body areas. CMS projects that the final rule will reduce payment for 20% more services than the current multiple procedure payment reduction policy. CMS expects that the final rule will primarily reduce payments for radiology services and to freestanding diagnostic imaging centers, such as our retail business. At this time, we do not believe that the multiple procedure payment reductions will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

Regulatory updates to the Physician Fee Schedule for calendar year 2010 include reduced payment rates for certain diagnostic services using equipment costing more than $1 million through revisions to usage assumptions from the previous 50% usage rate to a 90% usage rate. This utilization change, to be phased in over a four-year period, applies to MRI and CT scans, but not for radiation therapy and other therapeutic equipment. The PPACA superseded CMS’s assumed usage rate for such equipment and, beginning on January 1, 2011, the PPACA requires CMS to use a 75% utilization rate. For 2011, CMS also finalized its proposed rule to expand the list of services to which the higher equipment utilization rate assumption applies to include certain diagnostic CTA and MRA procedures using similar CT and MRI scanners that cost more than $1 million. At this time, we estimate that the new usage assumptions for MRI and CT scans under the PPACA, which became effective on January 1, 2011, will not have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

Other regulatory changes to the 2010 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule involve revaluing certain components of the fee schedule payment rate, which impact radiology and other diagnostic tests, including the services we provide. Some of these changes are being transitioned over a four year period, with full implementation in 2013. For the 2010 transition payment, CMS estimated that the aggregate impact of its

 

41


changes (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above) results in a 1% reduction in radiation oncology, 5% reduction in radiology, 18% reduction in nuclear medicine and 12% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. To date these changes have not had a material impact on our retail revenues. Effective January 1, 2011, CMS made further adjustments to the fee schedule so that specialties that have a higher proportion of the payment rate attributable to operating expenses such as equipment and supplies, which include radiation oncology, will experience an increase in aggregate payments. In addition, as a result of adjustments to codes identified to be misvalued, radiation oncology specialties and suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests are among the entities that will experience decreases in aggregate payment. Some of these changes will be transitioned, and CMS estimates that the impact for 2011 (which include the changes in the equipment utilization rate discussed above as well as the expanded multiple procedure payment reductions for certain imaging services) will be a 1% reduction in radiation oncology, 10% reduction in radiology, 4% reduction in nuclear medicine and 15% reduction for all suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests generally. These estimated impacts are calculated prior to the application of the negative update factor discussed above. At this time, we do not believe that the regulatory changes will have a material impact on our future retail revenues.

In addition to annual updates to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, as indicated above, CMS also publishes regulatory changes to the hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“HOPPS”) on an annual basis. These payments are the amounts received by our hospital clients for hospital outpatient services and summarized in the table below:

 

     2008 Payment      2009 Payment      2010 Payment      2011 Payment  

Nonmyocardial PET and PET/CT scan

   $ 1,057       $ 1,037       $ 1,037       $ 1,042   
                                   

Myocardial PET scan

   $ 1,400       $ 1,157       $ 1,433       $ 1,107   
                                   

Stereotactic radiosurgery treatment delivery systems (depending on the level of service)

   $ 1,057 - $8,055       $ 952 - $7,642       $ 963 - $7,344       $ 977 - $7,661   
                                   

The PET and PET/CT Medicare HOPPS rate reductions did not have a material negative effect on revenue and earnings in 2008, 2009 or 2010. At this time, however, we cannot predict the impact of future rate reductions on our future revenues or business.

The 2011 HOPPS and Medicare Physician Fee Schedule rules also implemented a number of PPACA provisions, including the waiver of beneficiary cost-sharing for certain preventive services covered under Medicare, such as screening mammograms and colonoscopies. Effective January 1, 2011, Medicare beneficiaries will no longer be required to satisfy their deductibles or pay a copayment amount for these services. CMS states that by eliminating these out-of-pocket costs, beneficiaries will be encouraged to make full use of their Medicare preventive benefits. At this time, we cannot predict whether these changes will have a material impact on the demand for our services and/or our future revenues.

Over the past few years, the growth rate of MRI industry wide scan volumes has slowed in part due to weak hospital volumes as reported by several investor-owned hospital companies, additional patient-related cost-sharing programs and an increasing trend of third-party payors intensifying their utilization management efforts, for example through benefit managers who require preauthorizations, to control the growth rate of imaging services generally. We expect that these trends will continue throughout the remainder of 2011. Another recent initiative to potentially reduce utilization of certain imaging services, authorized under MIPPA, is the Medicare Imaging Demonstration, which is a two-year demonstration project designed to collect data regarding physician use of advanced diagnostic imaging services. This information would be used to determine the appropriateness of services by developing medical specialty guidelines for advanced imaging procedures within three designated

 

42


modalities (MRI, CT and nuclear medicine). On February 2, 2011, CMS announced that it selected five participants for the demonstration project, although a start date has not yet been established.

In addition, we cannot predict the full extent of the PPACA on our business. The reform law substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Although certain provisions may negatively impact payment rates for certain imaging services, the PPACA also extends coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured people which may result in an increase in the demand for our services. Further, we cannot predict at this time whether other legislative changes will be adopted, if any, or how these or future changes will affect the demand for our services.

We have experienced and continue to experience an increase in the competitive climate in the MRI industry, resulting in an increase in activity by original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, selling systems directly to certain of our clients, as well as medical groups. Typically, OEMs target our higher scan volume clients. This increase in activity by OEMs has resulted in overcapacity of systems in the marketplace. This has caused an increase in the number of our higher scan volume clients deciding not to renew their contracts. We replace lost higher volume clients typically with lower volume clients. Our non scan-based MRI business has been impacted by a decline in the number of hospital construction projects, driven by a decrease in new MRI systems being added by hospitals in their facilities and a decrease in the number of equipment upgrades occurring in the hospital market. Additionally, a growing number of medical groups have added imaging capacity within their practice setting which further increases competition in the industry. Our MRI revenues decreased in 2010 compared to 2009 due to the factors described above, and we believe that MRI revenues will continue to decline in future years.

Recent global market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with tighter credit conditions and recession in most major economies which continued into 2011 and have not fully recovered. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term and wide-spread recession, inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, the United States mortgage market and a declining real estate market in the United States have contributed to increased market volatility and diminished expectations for the United States economy. Added concerns fueled by the United States government financial assistance to certain companies and other federal government’s interventions in the United States financial system have led to increased market uncertainty and instability in both United States and international capital and credit markets. These conditions, combined with volatile oil prices, declining business and consumer confidence, increased unemployment, increased tax rates and governmental budget deficits and debt levels have contributed to volatility of unprecedented levels. We believe our MRI and PET/CT scan volumes have been impacted during 2009, 2010 and will continue to be impacted in 2011 by high unemployment rates, the number of under-insured or uninsured patients, the reported decline in physician office visits, hospitals adding imaging services in order to enhance hospital profitability and other conditions arising from the global economic conditions described above. At this time, it is unclear what impact this might have on our future revenues or business.

As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically has led many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and in some cases, cease to provide funding to borrowers. Continued turbulence in the United States and international markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers. If these market conditions continue, they may limit our ability to timely access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

The principal components of our cost of revenues are compensation paid to technologists and drivers, system maintenance costs, medical supplies, system transportation and technologists’ travel costs. Because a majority of these expenses are fixed, increased revenues as a result of higher scan volumes per system significantly improves our margins while lower scan volumes result in lower margins.

 

43


The principal components of selling, general and administrative expenses are sales and marketing costs, corporate overhead costs, provision for doubtful accounts, and share-based payment.

We record noncontrolling interest and earnings from unconsolidated investees related to our consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, respectively. These subsidiaries primarily provide shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging and therapeutic services.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in the revenues and margins generated for our services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenue is affected primarily by fewer calendar days and inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. The variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues due to the fixed nature of our costs. We also experience fluctuations in the revenues and margins generated due to acquisition activity and general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown.

Oaktree Capital Management and MTS Health Investors Acquisition

On April 16, 2007, funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC (“Oaktree”) and MTS Health Investors, LLC (“MTS”) purchased approximately 24.5 million shares of our common stock from Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co (“KKR”). Upon completion of the transaction, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 49.7% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Subsequently, KKR sold its remaining shares on the open market. At December 31, 2010, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 51.3% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.

Recent Transactions

In the first quarter of 2008, we purchased six CyberKnife® robotic radiosurgery facilities from Accuray, Inc (“the CyberKnife transaction”). The radiosurgery systems are currently providing radiosurgery services at hospitals located in California, Maryland, New Jersey and Tennessee. The purchase price totaled $10.3 million in cash and $0.7 million in transaction costs. The acquisition was financed using proceeds from the issuance of an additional $150 million of our 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “new 71/4% Notes”) in December 2007 (the new 7 1/4% Notes were retired in 2009, see Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Refinance Transaction). As a result of this acquisition, we recorded acquired intangible assets of $1.5 million, which was assigned to customer contracts and will be amortized over seven years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and amortized over 15 years. The year ended December 31, 2008 included approximately nine months of operations from this acquisition.

In the third quarter of 2008, we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Medical Outsourcing Services, LLC (“MOS”), a mobile provider of PET/CT, based in Naperville, Illinois. MOS currently operates in nine states, including, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin. The purchase price consisted of $17.3 million in cash, $2.5 million in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $4.6 million in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes in December 2007. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $3.3 million and acquired intangible assets of $12.5 million, of which $3.9 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is amortized over five years, $6.1 million was assigned to customer relationships, which is amortized over 10 years and $2.5 million was assigned to a non-compete agreement, which is amortized over three years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes

 

44


and amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $2.5 million for a contingent payment which is being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification. When the contingencies are resolved and consideration is distributable from the escrow account, we will record the fair value of the consideration as additional purchase price to goodwill. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we increased goodwill by $0.1 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we increased goodwill by $0.1 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included six months of operations from this acquisition. Please also see further discussion in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the third quarter of 2008, we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of RAMIC Des Moines, LLC (“RAMIC”), a single modality center providing MRI services in West Des Moines, Iowa. The purchase price consisted of $7.2 million in cash, $0.6 million in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $0.1 million in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes in December 2007. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $2.9 million and acquired intangible assets of $2.6 million, of which $1.8 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is amortized over five years and $0.8 million was assigned to certificates of need held by RAMIC, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $0.6 million for a contingent payment which was being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification. All contingencies have been resolved and all escrow amounts have been distributed as of December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2009, $0.6 million was released from escrow, which was recorded to goodwill as additional purchase price. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we increased goodwill by $0.1 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included approximately five months of operations from this acquisition.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Shared PET Imaging, LLC (“SPI”), a mobile and fixed-site provider of PET and PET/CT, based in Canton, Ohio. SPI serves approximately 90 clients in thirteen states, including Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Florida, Pennsylvania, New York, Tennessee and South Carolina. The purchase price consisted of $34.1 million in cash, $2.0 million in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $9.1 million in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes in December 2007. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $6.9 million and acquired intangible assets of $9.4 million, of which $0.5 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is amortized over five years, $5.4 million was assigned to customer relationships, which is amortized over 13 years, $3.2 million was assigned to a non-compete agreement, which is amortized over three years, and $0.3 million was assigned to certificates of need held by SPI, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $2.0 million for a contingent payment which is being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification. When the contingencies are resolved and consideration is distributable from the escrow account, we will record the fair value of the consideration as additional purchase price to goodwill. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we increased goodwill by $0.4 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we increased goodwill by $0.3 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included one month of operations from this acquisition.

 

45


Also in the fourth quarter of 2008, we purchased the remaining 20% minority interest in AO. The total purchase price was $6.5 million, which consisted entirely of cash. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $4.5 million. All recorded goodwill was capitalized for tax purposes and amortized over 15 years.

During December 2009, we entered into and completed various debt related transactions in order to expand our borrowing capacity and extend the maturity of our debt (the “Refinance Transaction”). In order to accomplish this, we retired substantially all of our $300.0 million 7   1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 (the “7 1/4% Notes”) through a cash tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) and repaid the balance of $351.6 million on our existing Tranche C1 term loan facility (the “Old Term Loan”). In conjunction with the Refinance Transaction we also entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”), comprised of a $460.0 million term loan (the “New Term Loan”) maturing June 2016 and a $120.0 million revolving facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing December 2014. Borrowings under the New Term Loan were issued at 98.0% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the loan. We also issued $190.0 million of 8% senior notes due 2016 (the “8% Notes”) in a transaction that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 8% Notes were issued at 98.69% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the notes. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at our option, either London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for base rate loans is 2.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum. We used the proceeds from these transactions and existing cash to complete the Tender Offer and purchase $294.4 million of the 7 1/4% Notes at a purchase price equal to 100.125% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the purchase date. We also used the proceeds from these transactions to pay off the Old Term Loan and redeem the remaining $5.6 million of 7 1/4% notes in January 2010 at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $14.6 million related to the Refinance Transaction, which represents the tender premium and consent payment to redeem the 7 1/4% Notes, write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the retired debt, and other fees and expenses.

In the second quarter of 2010, we purchased a majority of the outstanding membership interests of Radiology 24/7, LLC (“RAD 24/7”), a teleradiology services company, which provides primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services in 16 states. The purchase price consisted of $8.9 million in cash, $3.8 million in contingent payments, and $0.7 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $9.9 million and acquired intangible assets of $8.0 million, of which $6.5 million was assigned to customer relationships, which are being amortized over 10 years, and $1.5 million was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over seven years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $3.8 million for contingent payments due upon the achievement of certain revenue targets, which is expected to be resolved over the two years following the acquisition date. All contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The fair value of noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was $5.0 million as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized $0.3 million in earnings related to decreasing the estimated value of contingent consideration. The year ended December 31, 2010 included nine months of operations from this acquisition.

 

46


Also in the second quarter of 2010, we purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Diagnostic Health Center of Anchorage, LLC (“DHC”), a fixed-site imaging center located in Anchorage, Alaska. The center operates in a Certificate-of-Need state, and is a multi-modality imaging center which provides MRI, CT, digital mammography, X-Ray and other imaging services. The purchase price consisted of $13.7 million in cash and $0.6 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $3.8 million and acquired intangible assets of $8.1 million, of which $6.4 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, and $1.8 million was assigned to certificates of need held by DHC, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we increased goodwill by $0.1 million as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included seven months of operations from this acquisition.

In the third quarter of 2010, we purchased certain assets from Arkansas Cancer Center, P.A., located in Pine Bluff, Arkansas (“Pine Bluff”). This is our third Arkansas-based radiation therapy facility and is a strategic addition to the Company’s Bethesda cancer network, now totaling eleven centers located throughout Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Pennsylvania and Missouri. The purchase price consisted of $9.5 million in cash, $0.4 million in contingent payments and an immaterial amount of assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $4.1 million and acquired intangible assets of $5.3 million, of which $3.8 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, $1.0 million was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 10 years, $0.4 million was assigned to a professional services agreement, which is being amortized over nine years and $0.1 million was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over nine years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The acquisition included a one-third interest in a joint venture which was recorded at a fair value of $0.3 million at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $0.4 million for contingent payments due upon the resolution of certain claims, which are expected to be resolved over the six months following the acquisition date. All contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2010, the amounts recognized for the contingent consideration arrangements and the assumptions used to develop the estimates have not changed. During 2010, we paid $0.4 million in contingent payments. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we decreased goodwill by an immaterial amount as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included six months of operations from this acquisition.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we purchased certain assets from Cancer Treatment Center of Hazleton, located in Hazleton, Pennsylvania (“Hazleton”). This is our first Pennsylvania-based radiation therapy facility. The purchase price consisted of $2.1 million in cash and $0.1 million in assumed liabilities. We financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $0.5 million and acquired intangible assets of $1.4 million, of which $0.9 million was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, $0.4 million was assigned to trademarks, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization, and $0.2 million was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over five years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The values assigned to the assets and liabilities acquired are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment. The year ended December 31, 2010 included one month of operations from this acquisition.

 

47


Results of Operations

The table below shows the components in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of revenues:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

     52.8        53.5        55.3   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     12.6        13.4        14.0   

Transaction costs

     —          0.2        0.5   

Severance and related costs

     0.1        0.2        0.2   

Impairment charges

     —          —          8.8   

Depreciation expense

     17.7        18.7        19.3   

Amortization expense

     1.7        2.2        2.6   

Interest expense and other, net

     9.8        9.1        10.7   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     0.1        2.9        —     

Other (income) and expense, net

     (0.2     (0.2     (0.1
                        

Total costs and expenses

     94.6        100.0        111.3   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest

     5.4        —          (11.3

Income tax expense (benefit)

     2.4        0.1        (4.4

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

     (0.9     (0.8     (0.9
                        

Net income (loss)

     3.9        0.7        (6.0

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.6     (0.6     (0.8
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

     3.3     0.1     (6.8 )% 
                        

As noted previously, we have seen a continued decrease in our scan-based MRI revenues and we believe that scan-based MRI revenues from our shared-service operations will continue to decline in future years. The table below provides MRI statistical information for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008      2009      2010  

MRI statistics

        

Average number of total systems

     303.7         280.1         280.5   

Average number of scan-based systems

     254.1         241.0         237.8   

Scans per system per day (scan-based systems)

     9.18         8.82         8.25   

Total number of scan-based MRI scans

     630,875         567,624         505,640   

Price per scan

   $ 380.54       $ 383.58       $ 384.05   

The table below provides PET and PET/CT revenue statistical information for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008      2009      2010  

PET and PET/CT statistics

        

Average number of systems

     86.8         116.2         118.5   

Scans per system per day

     6.13         5.97         5.66   

Total number of PET and PET/CT scans

     141,513         180,824         174,178   

Price per scan

   $ 1,178       $ 1,098       $ 1,054   

 

48


Following are the components of revenue (in millions) for each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2008      2009      2010  

MRI revenue

   $ 269.4       $ 238.5       $ 214.6   

PET/CT revenue

     167.7         201.5         186.0   

Other modalities and other revenue

     34.1         29.0         33.9   

Radiation oncology revenue

     24.6         36.5         44.4   
                          

Total

   $ 495.8       $ 505.5       $ 478.9   
                          

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2008      2009      2010  

Total fixed-site imaging center revenue (in millions)

   $ 102.7       $ 113.1       $ 117.1   

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenue decreased $26.6 million, or 5.3%, to $478.9 million in 2010 compared to $505.5 million in 2009 due to a decrease in MRI revenues and PET/CT revenues, partially offset by an increase in radiation oncology and other modalities and other revenue. MRI revenue decreased $23.9 million in 2010, or 10.1%. Scan-based MRI revenue decreased $23.5 million, or 10.8%, to $194.2 million in 2010 from $217.7 million in 2009. Scan-based MRI scan volume decreased 10.9% to 505,640 scans in 2010 from 567,624 scans in 2009, primarily due to a decrease in client demand, the increase in the unemployment rate during 2009, which persisted throughout 2010, and the related increase of uninsured and under-insured patients. Scan-based systems in service decreased to 237.8 systems in 2010 from 241.0 systems in 2009. Average scans per system per day decreased by 6.5% to 8.25 in 2010 from 8.82 in 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in the average price per MRI scan. The average price per MRI scan increased to $384.05 per scan in 2010 from $383.58 per scan in 2009. Non scan-based MRI revenue decreased $0.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a decline in the number of hospital construction projects and a decrease in the number of equipment upgrades occurring in the hospital market, both of which impact the demand for our non scan-based MRI business. PET and PET/CT revenue in 2010 decreased $15.5 million, or 7.7%, compared to 2009. Total PET and PET/CT scan volumes decreased 3.7% to 174,178 scans in 2010 from 180,824 scans in 2009, primarily due to a decrease in client demand, the increase in the unemployment rate during 2009, which persisted throughout 2010, and the related increase of uninsured and under-insured patients. The average price per PET and PET/CT scan decreased to $1,054 per scan in 2010 compared to $1,098 per scan in 2009. Scans per system per day decreased 5.2%, to 5.66 scans per system per day in 2010 from 5.97 scans per system per day in 2009. The average number of PET and PET/CT systems in service increased to 118.5 systems in 2010 from 116.2 systems in 2009. Radiation oncology revenue increased $7.9 million, or 21.9%, to $44.4 million in 2010 compared to $36.5 million in 2009, primarily due to an increase in treatments performed in our core radiation oncology business and revenue related to the Pine Bluff and Hazleton acquisitions. Other modalities and other revenue increased $4.9 million, or 16.8%, to $33.9 million in 2010 compared to $29.0 million in 2009, primarily due to an increase in revenue related to the acquisitions of RAD 24/7 and DHC. Included in the revenue totals above is fixed-site imaging center revenues, which increased $4.0 million, or 3.6%, to $117.1 million in 2010 from $113.1 million in 2009.

We had 302 MRI systems at December 31, 2010 compared to 295 MRI systems at December 31, 2009. We had 128 PET and PET/CT systems at December 31, 2010 compared to 126 PET and PET/CT systems at December 31, 2009. We operated 132 fixed-site imaging centers (including three in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010, compared to 116 fixed-site imaging centers (including three in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2009. We operated 27 radiation oncology centers (including two in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2010, compared to 25 radiation oncology centers (including two in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2009.

 

49


Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $5.7 million, or 2.1%, to $264.7 million in 2010 compared to $270.4 million in 2009. Compensation and related employee expenses decreased $7.8 million, or 6.2%, primarily as a result of a decrease in average employee headcount and a decrease in mileage reimbursement costs. Medical supplies decreased $2.3 million, or 7.8%, primarily as a result of a decrease in the number of PET and PET/CT scans, which use a radiopharmaceutical as a component of the PET and PET/CT scan. Equipment rental costs decreased $1.4 million, or 52.0%, primarily due to a lower number of rental systems in use to support current clients as a result of improved system utilization. Outside medical services increased $4.8 million, or 46.1%, primarily as a result of an increase in professional services related to the acquisition of RAD 24/7. Maintenance and related costs increased $1.2 million, or 2.1%, due to an increase in service costs related to an increase in the number of PET/CT and radiation oncology systems in operation and an increase in maintenance costs due to an aging fleet. All other cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $0.2 million, or 0.6%. Cost of revenues, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 55.3% in 2010 from 53.5% in 2009 as a result of the factors described above.

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.5 million, or 0.7%, to $67.1 million in 2010 compared to $67.6 million in 2009. The provision for doubtful accounts decreased $1.0 million, or 43.7%, primarily due to the collection of aged accounts receivable during 2010. The provision for doubtful accounts as a percentage of revenue was 0.3% in 2010 compared to 0.5% of revenue in 2009. Share-based payments decreased $0.5 million, or 8.3%, due to previously issued equity awards becoming fully vested. Compensation and related employee expenses increased $0.9 million, or 2.3%, primarily as a result of investments in the infrastructure of the oncology division, professional radiology services, and women’s breast healthcare services. All other selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 0.8%. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 14.0% and 13.4% in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We recorded transaction costs of $2.4 million in 2010 compared to $0.9 million in 2009.

We recorded severance and related costs of $1.0 million in 2010 compared to $1.4 million in 2009.

We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $42.1 million in 2010 related to the write down of goodwill, other intangible assets and other assets under the provisions of ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” and ASC 323, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures”. We have been impacted by the reported decline in physician office visits and other conditions in the United States arising from global economic conditions. Due to these factors, we have experienced a decline in demand for our services and a decline in market capitalization. Additionally, the development of new projects, specifically in the Radiation Oncology segment, has taken longer than expected as the hospital decision-making cycle has slowed causing longer than expected negotiation periods, further delaying the regulatory approval cycle and construction timelines. During 2010, we concluded that the fair value of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit was less than its carrying value and Step 2 of the analysis was performed to determine the amount of goodwill impairment. As a result, we recorded impairment charges of $19.9 million under ASC 350 related to goodwill in the Radiation Oncology segment. We also recorded impairment charges of $10.3 million under ASC 350 related to certain certificates of need with indefinite lives, $7.8 million of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $2.6 million of which was related to the Imaging Segment. We recorded impairment charges of $5.8 million under ASC 360 related to physician referral network intangible assets of which $0.3 million was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $5.5 million was related to the Imaging segment. We also recorded impairment charges of $6.1 million under ASC 323 related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of investments in two joint ventures. For additional information, see Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets in the below Critical Accounting Policies and Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Depreciation expense decreased $2.6 million, or 2.7%, to $92.3 million in 2010 compared to $94.9 million in 2009.

Amortization expense increased by $1.4 million, or 13.1%, to $12.4 million in 2010 compared to $11.0 million in 2009, primarily due to the incremental amortization expense for intangible assets acquired in conjunction with our acquisitions in 2010.

 

50


Interest expense and other, net, increased $5.3 million, or 11.6%, to $51.2 million in 2010 compared to $45.9 million in 2009, due to higher average interest rates on our credit facility and notes, $0.5 million expense from a non-cash fair value adjustment related to our interest rate swap agreements, which were de-designated in 2009, and an $0.8 million non-cash fair value adjustment related to our interest rate swap agreement with Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“LCPI”) in 2009, which reduced the 2009 expense.

Income tax benefit was $20.8 million in 2010 compared to income tax expense of $0.3 million in 2009, resulting in effective tax rates of 38.9% and 39.0% in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our effective tax rates differed from the federal statutory rate principally as a result of state income taxes and permanent non-deductible tax items, including share-based payments, unrecognized tax benefits and other permanent differences.

Earnings from unconsolidated investees increased by $0.5 million, or 13.0%, to $4.3 million in 2010 compared to $3.8 million in 2009.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest increased $0.8 million, or 26.9%, to $3.9 million in 2010 compared to $3.1 million in 2009.

Net loss attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. was $(32.7) million, or $(0.62) per share on a diluted basis, in 2010 compared to net income of $0.5 million, or $0.01 per share on a diluted basis, in 2009.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Revenue increased $9.7 million, or 2.0%, to $505.5 million in 2009 compared to $495.8 million in 2008 due to an increase in PET/CT revenues, radiation oncology, other modalities and other revenue, partially offset by a decrease in MRI revenues. PET/CT revenue in 2009 increased $33.8 million, or 20.2%, compared to 2008. Total PET and PET/CT scan volumes increased 27.8% to 180,824 scans in 2009 from 141,513 scans in 2008, primarily as a result of the acquisition of SPI in the fourth quarter of 2008, the acquisition of MOS in the third quarter of 2008 and growth in our core PET business. The average number of PET and PET/CT systems in service increased to 116.2 systems in 2009 from 86.8 systems in 2008. These PET and PET/CT increases were partially offset by a 6.8% decline in the average price per PET and PET/CT scan, to $1,098 per scan in 2009 compared to $1,178 per scan in 2008. The decline in the average price per PET and PET/CT scan was primarily related to the SPI acquisition, which was largely wholesale in nature and had a lower average price per scan on acquired customer contracts, as well as normal levels of pricing pressure from our wholesale customers. Scans per system per day also decreased 2.6%, to 5.97 scans per system per day in 2009 from 6.13 scans per system per day in 2008. Radiation oncology, other modalities and other revenue increased $6.8 million, or 11.3%, to $65.5 million in 2009 compared to $58.7 million in 2008 primarily due to an increase in the number of radiation oncology centers on operation. MRI revenue decreased $30.9 million in 2009, or 11.4%. Scan-based MRI revenue decreased $22.4 million in 2009, or 9.3%, to $217.7 million in 2009 from $240.1 million in 2008. Scan-based MRI scan volume decreased 10.0% to 567,624 scans in 2009 from 630,875 scans in 2008, primarily due to a decrease in client demand. Scan-based systems in service decreased to 241.0 systems in 2009 from 251.4 systems in 2008. Average scans per system per day also decreased by 3.9% to 8.82 in 2009 from 9.18 in 2008. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in the average price per MRI scan. The average price per MRI scan increased to $383.58 per scan in 2009 from $380.54 per scan in 2008. Non scan-based MRI revenue decreased $8.5 million in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to a decline in the number of hospital construction projects and a decrease in the number of equipment upgrades occurring in the hospital market, both of which impact the demand for our non scan-based MRI business. Included in the revenue totals above is fixed-site imaging center revenues, which increased $10.4 million, or 10.1%, to $113.1 million in 2009 from $102.7 million in 2008.

We had 295 MRI systems at December 31, 2009 compared to 301 MRI systems at December 31, 2008. We had 126 PET and PET/CT systems at December 31, 2009 compared to 114 PET and PET/CT systems at December 31, 2008. We operated 116 fixed-site imaging centers (including three in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2009, compared to 105 fixed-site imaging centers (including four in unconsolidated

 

51


joint ventures) at December 31, 2008. We operated 25 radiation oncology centers (including two in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2009, compared to 21 radiation oncology centers (including two in unconsolidated joint ventures) at December 31, 2008.

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $8.6 million, or 3.3%, to $270.4 million in 2009 compared to $261.8 million in 2008. Medical supplies increased $5.8 million, or 24.6%, primarily as a result of an increase in the number of PET and PET/CT scans, which use a radiopharmaceutical as a component of the PET and PET/CT scan. Maintenance and related costs increased $5.7 million, or 10.6%, due to an increase in service costs related to an increase in the number of PET/CT systems in operation and the addition of radiation oncology systems. Compensation and related employee expenses increased $2.2 million, or 1.8%, primarily as a result of an increase in average headcount related to acquisitions completed in the second half of 2008. Fuel expenses decreased $2.7 million, or 34.0%, primarily due to a decrease in the average price per gallon of diesel fuel costs. Equipment rental costs decreased $2.2 million, or 43.8%, primarily due to a lower number of rental systems in use to support current clients as a result of improved system utilization. All other cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $0.2 million, or 0.7%. Cost of revenues, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 53.5% in 2009 from 52.8% in 2008 as a result of the factors described above.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.9 million, or 7.7%, to $67.6 million in 2009 compared to $62.7 million in 2008. Compensation and related employee expenses increased $4.2 million, or 11.7%, as a result investments in the infrastructure of the oncology division and an increase in average headcount related to acquisitions completed in the second half of 2008. Office expenses increased $0.8 million, or 14.6%, due to an increase in information technology expenses and other office expenses. Professional services expenses increased $0.8 million, or 9.4%, due to an increase in legal and other professional fees. Share-based payment increased $0.7 million, or 14.0%, due to new equity awards granted in 2009. The provision for doubtful accounts decreased $1.9 million, or 44.3%, primarily due to the collections of aged wholesale receivables and a reduction in bad debt related to our retail receivables. The provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of revenue, was 0.5% of revenue in 2009 compared to 0.9% in 2008. All other selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or 6.5%. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 13.4% and 12.7% in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Transaction costs were $0.9 million due to acquisition-related costs, which are now required to be expensed.

We recorded severance and related costs of $1.4 million in 2009 compared to $0.6 million in 2008.

Depreciation expense increased $7.2 million, or 8.2%, to $94.9 million in 2009 compared to $87.7 million in 2008 as a result of fixed assets acquired in connection with our acquisitions in the second half of 2008.

Amortization expense increased by $2.3 million, or 26.5%, to $11.0 million in 2009 compared to $8.7 million in 2008, primarily due to the incremental amortization expense for intangible assets acquired in conjunction with our acquisitions in the second half of 2008.

Interest expense and other, net, decreased $2.5 million, or 5.2%, to $45.9 million in 2009 compared to $48.4 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to lower average rates on our credit facility.

We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $14.6 million in 2009 related to the Refinance Transaction, compared to $0.1 million in 2008.

Income tax expense was $0.3 million and $11.8 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively, resulting in effective tax rates of 39.0% and 41.6% in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our effective tax rates were higher than the federal statutory rates principally as a result of various permanent non-deductible tax items, including share-based payments, unrecognized tax benefits and other permanent differences.

 

52


Earnings from unconsolidated investees decreased by $0.8 million, or 16.8%, to $3.8 million in 2009 compared to $4.6 million in 2008 due to a decrease in earnings from our unconsolidated investees.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest increased $0.1 million, or 1.1%, to $3.1 million in 2009 compared to $3.0 million in 2008, due to an increase in earnings from our consolidated subsidiaries.

Net income attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. was $0.5 million, or $0.01 per share on a diluted basis, in 2009 compared to $16.5 million, or $0.32 per share on a diluted basis, in 2008.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operating activities. We generated $104.9 million and $139.1 million of cash flow from operating activities in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our ability to generate cash flow is affected by numerous factors, including demand for MRI, PET/CT, other diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services. Our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities is also dependent upon the collections of our accounts receivable. The provision for doubtful accounts decreased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Our number of days of revenue outstanding for our accounts receivable was 50 days and 48 days as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which we believe is favorable compared to other diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology providers. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, we had $115.3 million of available borrowings under our revolving line of credit.

We used cash of $97.4 million and $60.5 million for investing activities in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Investing activities in 2010 and 2009 include cash used for acquisitions of $34.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Investing activities in 2010 and 2009 include $0.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, in cash provided by a decrease in cash in escrow. We expect to continue to use cash for acquisitions in the future. Other than acquisitions, our primary use of capital resources is to fund capital expenditures. We incur capital expenditures for the purposes of:

 

   

purchasing new systems;

 

   

replacing less advanced systems with new systems; and

 

   

providing upgrades of our MRI, PET and PET/CT, and radiation oncology systems and upgrading our corporate infrastructure for future growth.

Capital expenditures totaled $64.5 million and $73.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During 2010 we purchased 20 MRI systems and 6 PET/CT systems. We traded-in or sold a total of 26 systems during 2010. Our decision to purchase a new system is typically predicated on obtaining new or extending existing client contracts, which serve as the basis of demand for the new system. We expect to purchase additional systems in 2011 and finance substantially all of these purchases with our available cash, cash from operating activities, our revolving line of credit, and equipment leases. Based upon the client demand described above, which dictates the type of equipment purchased, we expect cash capital expenditures to total approximately $65 to $75 million in 2011.

At December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $97.2 million. This available cash and cash equivalents are held in accounts managed by third party financial institutions and consist of invested cash and cash in our operating accounts. The invested cash is invested in interest-bearing funds managed by third-party financial institutions. These funds invest in high-quality money market instruments, primarily direct obligations of the government of the United States. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we can provide no assurances that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.

 

53


At December 31, 2010, we had $93.7 million in our accounts that are with third party financial institutions which exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. While we monitor daily the cash balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as appropriate, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or could be subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in our operating accounts.

In December 2009, we entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”), comprised of a $460.0 million term loan (the “New Term Loan”) maturing June 2016 and a $120.0 million revolving facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing December 2014. Borrowings under the New Term Loan were issued at 98.0% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the loan. We used the proceeds from the New Term Loan to retire $351.6 million of our old term loan. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at our option, either LIBOR or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for base rate loans is 2.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum.

At December 31, 2010, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2010, we had $115.3 million of available borrowings under our New Revolving Credit Facility. In addition to other covenants, the New Credit Facility places limits on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, prepay, redeem or purchase debt, incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions, make loans and investments, incur additional indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements, make capital expenditures, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, transact with affiliates and alter the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries. The New Credit Facility also contains financial covenants requiring us to maintain (i) a maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA of 4.75 to 1.00 through March 31, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 from April 1, 2011 through March 31, 2012, 4.25 to 1.00 from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 and 4.00 to 1.00 April 1, 2013 through the end of the agreement and (ii) a minimum ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 2.75 to 1.00.

As of December 31, 2010, we are in compliance with all covenants contained in our New Credit Facility and expect that we will be in compliance with these covenants in 2011. However, if we are unable to generate sufficient Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our credit agreement, or manage our indebtedness to sufficient levels, we could be out of compliance with our maximum consolidated leverage ratio and maximum consolidated senior leverage ratio. Our failure to comply with these covenants could permit the lenders under the credit agreement to declare all amounts borrowed under the agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. If the indebtedness under the New Credit Facility is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts due under the credit facility. If we are not able to refinance our debt, we could become subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

In December 2009, we issued $190.0 million of 8.0% senior notes due 2016 (the “8% Notes”) in a transaction that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 8% Notes were issued at 98.690% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the notes. We used the proceeds from this transaction, the New Term Loan and existing cash to complete a tender offer and purchase $294.4 million of our previously outstanding 7 1/4% Notes due 2012 at a purchase price equal to 100.125% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the redemption date. We also used the proceeds from these transactions to redeem the remaining $5.6 million of 7 1/4% notes in January 2010 at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount, together with accrued interest to the redemption date.

 

54


The indenture governing the 8% Notes contains covenants limiting our and most of our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock, create liens on our assets, merge, consolidate, or sell all or substantially all of our assets, and enter into transactions with affiliates, among others. The 8% Notes are unsecured senior obligations and are equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, and rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future subordinated debt. The 8% Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our New Credit Facility, to the extent of assets securing such indebtedness, and are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in the 8% Notes and forecast that we will be in compliance with these covenants in 2011. Our failure to comply with these covenants could permit the trustee under the indenture relating to the 8% Notes and the note holders to declare the principal amounts under the 8% Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the indebtedness under the 8% Notes, or any of our other indebtedness, is accelerated, and we are not able to refinance our debt, we could become subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

During the first quarter of 2008, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $92.7 million each, to hedge future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt (“the 2008 swaps”). Under the terms of these agreements, we receive three- month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedges is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. These agreements are three years in length and mature in 2011. See below for additional information regarding the 2008 swaps. As discussed below, we elected to terminate and replace one of the 2008 swaps in the first quarter of 2009.

On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (“LHI”) filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On October 6, 2008, Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“LCPI”) filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. One of our 2008 swaps with a notional amount of $92.7 million, which expires January 31, 2011, is with LCPI (“the Lehman Swap”). As of September 12, 2008 hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of the Lehman Swap are being recorded in interest expense and other. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or losses on the fair value of the Lehman Swap through September 12, 2008 remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. The Lehman Swap was valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market inputs at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount. The fair value of the Lehman Swap at September 30, 2008 was an asset of $0.7 million, which was adjusted to zero as collectability was deemed uncertain due to the LHI bankruptcy filing. We included the write down of the asset in interest expense and other for the year ended December 31, 2008.

During the first quarter of 2009, we replaced the Lehman Swap with an interest rate swap agreement which has a notional amount of $92.7 million (the “2009 Swap Replacement”) and has been designated as a cash flow hedge of variable future cash flows associated with a portion of our long term debt. Under the terms of this agreement, which matured in January 2011, we receive three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedges is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the debt incurs interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which had a notional amount of $56.8 million to hedge future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt (the “New 2009 Swap”). Under the terms of this agreement, which was to mature in November 2011, we received three-month LIBOR and paid a fixed rate of 2.07%. The net effect of the hedge was to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 4.57%, as the debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

 

55


We elected to terminate one of the 2008 swaps and the New 2009 Swap in December 2009 in connection with entering into the Refinance Transaction on December 1, 2009. As a result of the Refinance Transaction, we de-designated the 2008 swap, the 2009 Swap Replacement and the New 2009 Swap and hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair value of the terminated swaps are being recorded in interest expense and other. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or losses on the fair value of the terminated swaps through September 30, 2009 remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. The terminated swaps were valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market inputs at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount.

In the first quarter of 2010, we entered into one interest rate swap agreement (the “2010 Swap”) and three interest rate cap agreements (the “2010 Caps”) in order to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The 2010 Swap, which matured in January 2011, has a notional amount of $92.7 million and synthetically unwinds the effects of the 2009 Swap Replacement. The interest rate cap agreements, which mature in February 2014, have a total notional amount of $150.0 million and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements we have purchased a cap on LIBOR at 4.50%.

The maturities of our long-term debt, including interest, future payments under our operating leases and binding equipment purchase commitments as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

Contractual Obligations

   2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total  
     (in millions)  

New Term Loan

   $ 29.7      $ 29.4      $ 29.1      $ 28.9      $ 28.6      $ 444.3      $ 590.0   

8% Senior Notes

     15.2        15.2        15.2        15.2        15.2        205.3        281.3   

Equipment Loans

     6.1        5.0        4.4        3.4        1.2        0.5        20.6   

Operating Leases

     6.8        5.9        4.5        4.0        3.6        15.0        39.8   

Letters of Credit

     4.7        —          —          —          —          —          4.7   

Equipment Purchase Commitments

     20.4        —          —          —          —          —          20.4   
                                                        

Total Contractual Obligation Payments

     82.9        55.5        53.2        51.5        48.6        665.1        956.8   

Less Amount Representing Interest

     (41.3     (40.8     (40.2     (39.7     (39.3     (27.3     (228.6
                                                        

Present Value of Future Contractual Obligations

   $ 41.6      $ 14.7      $ 13.0      $ 11.8      $ 9.3      $ 637.8      $ 728.2   
                                                        

Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $906 at December 31, 2010 has been omitted from the above table because we cannot determine with certainty when this liability will be settled. It is reasonably possible that the amount of liability for unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months; however, we do not expect the change will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

We believe that, based on current levels of operations, our cash flow from operating activities, together with other available sources of liquidity, including borrowings available under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient over the next one to two years to fund anticipated capital expenditures and potential acquisitions and make required payments of principal and interest on our debt and other contracts. Under current tax law, we expect to utilize all of our net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) by 2012 or 2013, and therefore anticipate being in a tax paying position with respect to a portion of our income in 2012 or 2013. We may require or choose to obtain additional financing. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend, among other things, on our financial condition and operating performance, as well as the condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, and our

 

56


stockholders may experience dilution. If we need to raise additional funds in the future and are unable to do so or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms in the future, it is possible we would have to limit planned activities or sell assets to obtain liquidity. We may also from time to time seek to repurchase, redeem, or retire our outstanding indebtedness through cash purchases and exchange offers in open market transactions, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise. Such repurchases, redemptions or retirements, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements and capital resources, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

See Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

We periodically enter into guarantees and other similar arrangements as part of transactions in the ordinary course of business. These are described in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant accounting policies which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our revenue is derived directly from healthcare providers and is primarily for imaging services. To a lesser extent, revenues are generated from direct billings to patients or their medical payors which are recorded net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Revenues from direct patient billing amounted to approximately 21%, 20% and 20% of revenues in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We continuously monitor collections from direct patient billings and compare these collections to revenue, net of contractual discounts, recorded at the time of service. While such contractual discounts have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate contractual discounts in the future could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. As the price is predetermined, all revenues are recognized at the time the delivery of imaging service has occurred and collectability is reasonably assured, which is based upon contract terms with healthcare providers and negotiated rates with third-party payors and patients.

Accounts Receivable

We provide shared and single-user diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology equipment and technical support services to the healthcare industry and directly to patients on an outpatient basis. Substantially all of our accounts receivable are due from hospitals, other healthcare providers and health insurance providers located throughout the United States. Services are generally provided pursuant to long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers or directly to patients, and generally collateral is not required. Receivables generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. We continuously monitor collections from our clients and maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses based upon any specific client collection issues that we have identified and our historical experience. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.

 

57


Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. In accordance with ASC 350, we have selected to perform an annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, using financial information as of September 30, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, a sustained significant decline in our market capitalization or a significant decline in our expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors or the broader business climate. The evaluation of such factors requires considerable judgment. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to our four reporting units, which are aggregated into the Imaging and Radiation Oncology segments. Goodwill represented $193.1 million and $194.2 million of our $816.2 million and $887.8 million of total assets as of December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Imaging segment goodwill totaled $192.6 million and $178.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively and Oncology segment goodwill totaled $0.5 million and $15.8 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We comply with periodic impairment test procedures, as described above. For each reporting unit, we first compare its estimated fair value with its net book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value exceeds its estimated fair value, we then perform a second test to calculate the amount of impairment, if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill. Specifically, we determine the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that yields the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using a combination of income and market approaches. The following describes the valuation methodologies used in 2010, 2009 and 2008 to derive the estimated fair value of the reporting units. We use the average of the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) method and the Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) method in assessing fair value for each reporting unit.

The DCF method involves an analysis of future cash flow projections for the subject reporting unit. Cash flows are discounted at a rate reflective of the perceived risks inherent in the projections. A terminal value, the estimated value of the entity at the end of the discrete forecast, is calculated by dividing the terminal year net cash flow by an appropriate capitalization rate, which assumes constant growth into perpetuity.

Under the GPC method, the fair value of a business is estimated by comparing the subject company to similar companies with publicly traded ownership interests. From these guideline companies, valuation multiples are derived and then applied to the appropriate operating statistics of the subject company to arrive at indications of value. We identified six guideline companies for use in our analysis of our reporting units. For purposes of this analysis, the guideline companies selected represented reasonably similar, but alternative investment opportunities to an investment in the reporting unit.

In 2008 and 2009, we concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, indicating no goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment was present. Following the 2010 goodwill assessment, we concluded that the net book values of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. Based on the results of the Step 2 test, we recorded an impairment charge of $19.9 million under ASC 350 related to goodwill in the Radiation Oncology segment. Through December 31, 2010, we have recognized a total of $19.9 million of goodwill impairment charges. We also recorded impairment charges of

 

58


$10.3 million under ASC 350 related to certain certificates of need with indefinite lives, $7.8 million of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $2.5 million of which was related to the Imaging segment. We applied the income approach to value the certificates of need, utilizing either an excess earnings method or a beneficial earnings method. Under the income approach, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by the asset.

ASC 350 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” During the fourth quarter of 2010, based on the factors noted below, we also deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation of certain definite useful lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 360. Based on this valuation, we recorded impairment charges of $5.8 million related to certain physician referral network intangible assets, $0.3 million of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $5.5 million of which was related to the Imaging segment. We applied the income approach to value the physician referral networks, utilizing the excess earnings method.

Lastly, we recorded impairment charges of $6.1 million under ASC 323, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures” related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of investments in two joint ventures, due to triggering events that occurred in the fourth quarter during the annual budgeting process. We applied a combination of the DCF and GPC methods, as described above, and the guideline transaction method, for which a value indication is derived from the prices at which companies similar to the subject have been sold, to determine the fair value of these investments.

These impairments reflect how we have been impacted by the reported decline in physician office visits and other conditions in the United States arising from global economic conditions. Due to these factors, we have experienced a decline in demand for our services and a decline in market capitalization. Additionally, the development of new projects, specifically in the Radiation Oncology segment, has taken longer than expected as the hospital decision-making cycle has slowed causing longer than expected negotiation periods, further delaying the regulatory approval cycle and construction timelines. Management remains confident in the long-term prospects of both the Imaging and Radiation Oncology segments. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

The three reporting units of the Imaging segment that passed the first step of the 2010 ASC 350 test had estimated fair values that exceeded their net book values by 22%, 26% and 28%, respectively.

The determination of fair value of our reporting units requires significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, earnings and required capital projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and operating income for each reporting unit and the weighting assigned to the results of each of the valuation methods described above. Changes in certain assumptions could have a significant impact on the goodwill impairment assessment. We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the estimated fair values of each reporting unit, both individually and in the aggregate, and concluded they are reasonable. However, should weak market conditions continue for an extended period or should the operating results of any of our reporting units decline substantially compared to projected results, we could determine that we need to record an impairment charge related to goodwill in our Imaging reporting units.

Goodwill Impairment Test

The goodwill impairment test has two steps. Step 1 of the test identifies potential impairments at the reporting unit level. We divide our imaging operations into three geographic regions. Radiation oncology is run as a separate profit center responsible for its own revenue, expenses, and overhead, and is managed on a national basis. We have aggregated the results of our three imaging reporting units and radiation oncology reporting unit into two reportable segments, Imaging and Radiation Oncology. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, we compare the estimated fair value of each of the three imaging reporting units and the radiation oncology

 

59


reporting unit to its net book value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its net book value, there is no impairment of goodwill and Step 2 is unnecessary. However, if the net book value exceeds the estimated fair value, then Step 1 is failed, and Step 2 is performed to determine the amount of the potential impairment. Step 2 utilizes acquisition accounting guidance and requires the fair value calculation of all individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit (excluding goodwill, but including any unrecognized intangible assets). The net fair value of assets less liabilities is then compared to the reporting unit’s total estimated fair value as calculated in Step 1. The excess of fair value over the net asset value equals the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of goodwill to determine the reporting unit’s goodwill impairment. See Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Future income tax benefits are recognized only to the extent that the realization of such benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We regularly review our deferred income tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective income tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to significantly increase our valuation allowance, resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, please refer to Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

Certain statements contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, particularly in the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K, are “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

In some cases you can identify these statements by forward looking words, such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “seek,” “intend” and “continue” or similar words. Forward looking statements may also use different phrases. Forward looking statements address, among other things, our future expectations, projections of our future results of operation or of our financial condition and other forward looking information.

Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, are forward-looking by their nature: (i) future legislation and other healthcare regulatory reform actions, and the impact of such legislation and other regulatory actions on our business, (ii) our expectations with respect to future MRI and PET/CT scan volumes and revenues, (iii) the impact of seasonality on our business, (iv) expectations with respect to capital expenditures in 2011, and (v) the impact of recent accounting pronouncements on our results of operations and cash flows or financial position.

 

60


We believe it is important to communicate our expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or that we do not fully control that cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward looking statements, including:

 

   

our high degree of leverage and our ability to service our debt;

 

   

factors affecting our leverage, including interest rates;

 

   

the risk that the counter-parties to our interest rate swap agreements fail to satisfy their obligations under these agreements;

 

   

our ability to obtain financing;

 

   

the effect of operating and financial restrictions in our debt instruments;

 

   

the accuracy of our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

   

intense levels of competition in our industry;

 

   

changes in the rates or methods of third-party reimbursements for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services;

 

   

fluctuations or unpredictability of our revenues, including as a result of seasonality;

 

   

changes in the healthcare regulatory environment;

 

   

our ability to keep pace with technological developments within our industry;

 

   

the growth in the market for MRI and other services;

 

   

the disruptive effect of hurricanes and other natural disasters;

 

   

adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit markets;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions; and

 

   

other factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K includes statistical data that we obtained from public industry publications. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We provide our services exclusively in the United States and receive payment for our services exclusively in United States dollars. As a result, our financial results are unlikely to be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets.

Our interest expense is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly because the majority of our indebtedness has interest rates which are variable. The recorded carrying amount of our long-term debt under our New Credit Facility approximates fair value as these borrowings have variable rates that reflect currently available terms and conditions for similar debt. To decrease the risk associated with interest rate increases, we have entered into multiple interest rate swap and collar agreements for a portion of our variable rate debt. These swaps and collars are designated as cash flow hedges of variable future cash flows associated with our long-term debt.

During the first quarter of 2008, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $92.7 million each, to hedge future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank

 

61


debt (the “2008 swaps”). Under the terms of these agreements, we receive three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedges is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we paid net settlement amounts of $1.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, on these swap agreements. The 2008 swaps are three years in length and mature in 2011. See below for additional information regarding the 2008 swaps. As discussed below, we elected to terminate and replace one of the 2008 swaps in the first quarter of 2009.

The collar agreements and the 2008 swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges of variable future cash flows associated with our long-term debt. In accordance with ASC 815, the collars and the 2008 swaps are, and will be, recorded at fair value. On a quarterly basis, the fair value of the collars and swaps will be determined based on quoted market prices and, assuming perfect effectiveness, the difference between the fair value and the book value of the collars will be recognized in comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity. On a quarterly basis, the fair value of the 2008 swaps will be determined based on the income approach using observable Level 2 inputs under ASC 825. The fair market value of the 2008 swaps will be recorded on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities with all effective changes deferred in comprehensive income. Any ineffectiveness of the collars and 2008 swaps is required to be recognized in earnings. The collars outstanding at December 31, 2007 matured during January 2008, and all counterparty obligations were met.

On September 15, 2008, LHI filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On October 6, 2008, LCPI filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. One of our 2008 swaps with a notional amount of $92.7 million, which expires January 31, 2011, is with LCPI (“the Lehman Swap”). As of September 12, 2008 hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of the Lehman Swap are being recorded in interest expense and other. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or losses on the fair value of the Lehman Swap through September 12, 2008 remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. The Lehman Swap was valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount. The fair market value of the Lehman Swap at September 30, 2008 was an asset of $0.7 million, which was adjusted to zero as collectability was deemed uncertain due to the LHI bankruptcy filing. We included the write down of the asset in interest expense and other for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the last three quarters of 2008, we included $2.4 million in interest expense and other, net related to the fair value adjustment for this swap as we did not expect LCPI to fulfill their obligations under the swap agreement. As a result, we terminated the Lehman Swap in February 2009. We paid $2.2 million for the remaining fair market value of the swap at the date of termination.

During the first quarter of 2009, we replaced the Lehman Swap with an interest rate swap agreement which has a notional amount of $92.7 million (the “2009 Swap Replacement”) and has been designated as a cash flow hedge of variable future cash flows associated with a portion of our long term debt. Under the terms of this agreement, which matures in January 2011, we receive three-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedge is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the debt incurs interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. We received $2.2 million in cash based on the terms of the agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we paid net settlements amount of $2.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, on this swap agreement.

Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement, which has a notional amount of $56.8 million, to hedge future cash interest payments associated with a portion of the our variable rate bank debt (the “New 2009 Swap”). Under the terms of this agreement, which was to mature in November 2011, we received three-month LIBOR and paid a fixed rate of 2.07%. The net effect of the hedge was to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 4.57%, as the debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we paid net a settlement amount of $0.5 million on this swap agreement.

 

62


We elected to terminate one of the 2008 swaps and the New 2009 Swap in December 2009 in connection with entering into the Refinance Transaction on December 1, 2009. As a result of the Refinance Transaction, we de-designated the 2008 swap, the 2009 Swap Replacement and the New 2009 Swap and hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of the terminated swaps are being recorded in interest expense and other. We paid $3.3 million and $1.4 million for the remaining fair market value of the 2008 swap and the New 2009 Swap, respectively, at the date of termination. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or losses on the fair value of the terminated swaps through September 30, 2009 remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. The terminated swaps were valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount.

In the first quarter of 2010, we entered into one interest rate swap agreement (the “2010 Swap”) and three interest rate cap agreements (the “2010 Caps”) in order to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The 2010 Swap, which matures in January 2011, has a notional amount of $92.7 million and synthetically unwinds the effects of the 2009 Swap Replacement. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we received net settlement amounts of $0.1 million on this swap agreement. The interest rate cap agreements, which mature in February 2014, have a total notional amount of $150.0 million and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements we have purchased a cap on LIBOR at 4.50%. We paid $1.5 million to enter into the caps, which is being amortized through interest expense over the life of the agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid no net settlement amounts on the 2010 Caps.

During the first quarter of 2009, we entered into a diesel fuel swap agreement which had a notional quantity of 1,008,000 gallons, or 84,000 gallons per month, to hedge future cash payments associated with purchasing diesel fuel for our mobile fleet. Under the terms of this agreement, which matured in February 2010, we received the Department of Energy published monthly average price per gallon and paid a fixed rate of two dollars and sixty-three cents per gallon. Settlement amounts under this swap were not material for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we paid a net settlement amount of $0.1 million on this swap agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, amounts recognized in other (income) and expense were not material.

During the first quarter of 2010, we entered into a diesel fuel swap agreement which has a notional quantity of 1,008,000 gallons, or 84,000 gallons per month, to hedge future cash payments associated with purchasing diesel fuel for our mobile fleet. Under the terms of this agreement, which matures in February 2011, we receive the Department of Energy published monthly average price per gallon and pays a fixed rate of three dollars and twenty-five cents per gallon. We designated this swap as a cash flow hedge of future cash flows associated with our diesel fuel payments. We record effective changes in the fair value of the swap through comprehensive income (loss) and reclassify gains or losses to fuel expense (included in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization) when the underlying fuel is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid net settlement amounts of $0.1 million on this swap agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2010, amounts recognized in other (income) and expense, net were not material.

The swaps expose us to credit risk in the event that the counterparties to the agreements do not or cannot meet their obligations. The notional amount is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The loss would be limited to the amount that would have been received, if any, over the remaining life of the 2008 swaps. On a quarterly basis, the counterparties are evaluated for non-performance risk. Additionally, the credit crisis could have an impact on our other interest rate swap agreement if that counterparty files for bankruptcy or is otherwise unable to perform its obligations. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details. The collars outstanding at December 31, 2007 matured during January 2008, and all counterparty obligations were met.

 

63


Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly because the majority of our investments are in cash equivalents. We maintain our cash equivalents in financial instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in interest bearing funds managed by third party financial institutions. These funds invest in high-quality money market instruments, primarily direct obligations of the government of the United States. At December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $97.2 million, of which $93.7 million was held in accounts that are with third party financial institutions which exceed the FDIC insurance limits. At December 31, 2009, we had cash and cash equivalents of $111.9 million, of which $106.9 million was held in accounts that are with third party financial institutions which exceed the FDIC insurance limits.

The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.

The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For long-term debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. All amounts are in United States dollars.

 

    Expected Maturity as of December 31, 2010  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total     Fair Value  
    (dollars in millions)        

Liabilities:

               

Long-term debt:

               

Fixed rate

  $ 5.1      $ 4.2      $ 3.9      $ 3.2      $ 1.2      $ 190.3      $ 207.9      $ 195.3   

Average interest rate

    6.89     7.15     7.43     7.60     7.96     7.89     7.84     8.00

Variable rate

  $ 4.6      $ 4.6      $ 4.6      $ 4.6      $ 4.6      $ 432.4      $ 455.4      $ 455.4   

Average interest rate

    5.50     5.50     5.50     5.50     5.50     5.50     5.50     5.50

 

64


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     66   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     67   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

     68   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     69   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     71   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     72   

 

65


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

Newport Beach, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

March 14, 2011

 

66


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2010
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 111,884      $ 97,162   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,930 in 2009 and $6,451 in 2010

     61,912        62,956   

Deferred income taxes

     19,058        7,344   

Prepaid expenses

     9,184        9,802   

Other receivables

     4,197        3,594   
                

Total current assets

     206,235        180,858   

Equipment, at cost

     863,804        902,829   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (523,748     (591,145
                

Equipment, net

     340,056        311,684   

Goodwill

     194,243        193,126   

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $50,526 in 2009 and $62,911 in 2010

     100,188        94,622   

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $514 in 2009 and $3,219 in 2010

     17,143        14,883   

Other assets

     29,971        21,028   
                

Total assets

   $ 887,836      $ 816,201   
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 23,888      $ 15,541   

Accrued compensation and related expenses

     17,311        17,061   

Accrued interest payable

     3,789        5,812   

Other accrued liabilities

     32,887        37,138   

Current portion of long-term debt

     16,902        9,709   
                

Total current liabilities

     94,777        85,261   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     463,455        455,747   

Senior notes

     187,533        187,809   

Other liabilities

     3,737        1,229   

Deferred income taxes

     103,572        72,496   
                

Total liabilities

     853,074        802,542   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding—52,025,014 at December 31, 2009 and 52,979,953 at December 31, 2010

     516        525   

Less: treasury stock, at cost—386,703 shares at December 31, 2009 and 438,125 shares at December 31, 2010

     (2,333     (2,551

Additional paid-in capital

     10,652        16,062   

Accumulated comprehensive loss

     (2,392     (669

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     21,477        (11,176
                

Total stockholders’ equity attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

     27,920        2,191   

Noncontrolling interest

     6,842        11,468   
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     34,762        13,659   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 887,836      $ 816,201   
                

See accompanying notes.

 

67


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Revenues

   $ 495,834      $ 505,513      $ 478,855   

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

     261,753        270,381        264,725   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     62,728        67,579        67,110   

Transaction costs

     —          893        2,439   

Severance and related costs

     636        1,404        1,002   

Impairment charges

     —          —          42,095   

Depreciation expense

     87,728        94,918        92,321   

Amortization expense

     8,696        11,000        12,439   

Interest expense and other, net of interest income of $2,364 in 2008, $132 in 2009 and $131 in 2010

     48,392        45,894        51,203   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     61        14,600        —     

Other (income) and expense, net

     (872     (1,178     (590
                        

Total costs and expenses

     469,122        505,491        532,744   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees, and noncontrolling interest

     26,712        22        (53,889

Income tax expense (benefit)

     11,764        308        (20,799

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

     (4,605     (3,831     (4,327
                        

Net income (loss)

     19,553        3,545        (28,763

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3,030     (3,064     (3,890
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

   $ 16,523      $ 481      $ (32,653
                        

Comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

      

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

   $ 16,523      $ 481      $ (32,653

Unrealized (loss) gain on hedging transactions, net of related tax effects of $1,558 in 2008, $144 in 2009 and $1,131 in 2010

     (2,364     (233     1,723   
                        

Comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

   $ 14,159      $ 248      $ (30,930
                        

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.:

      

Basic

   $ 0.32      $ 0.01      $ (0.62
                        

Diluted

   $ 0.32      $ 0.01      $ (0.62
                        

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:

      

Basic

     51,296        51,738        52,780   

Diluted

     52,159        52,155        52,780   

See accompanying notes.

 

68


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 19,553      $ 3,545      $ (28,763

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for doubtful accounts

     4,282        2,387        1,343   

Share-based payment

     5,276        6,080        5,580   

Depreciation and amortization

     96,424        105,918        104,760   

Impairment charges

     —          —          42,095   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     2,310        2,384        2,744   

Accretion of discount on long term debt

     2,051        2,220        1,528   

Adjustment of derivatives to fair value

     2,426        (4,035     186   

Distributions greater than (less than) undistributed earnings of investees

     1,453        (106     1,223   

Deferred income taxes

     9,919        (894     (20,765

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

     (216     (12     (32

Gain on sale of assets

     (872     (1,277     (589

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     61        14,600        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable

     (4,589     2,925        (538

Prepaid expenses

     (3,646     2,090        (312

Other receivables

     708        1,724        603   

Other assets

     (333     (209     228   

Accounts payable

     (1,278     4,095        (4,419

Accrued compensation and related expenses

     (287     (1,264     (315

Accrued interest payable

     (1,281     147        2,023   

Income taxes payable

     44        (488     (326

Other accrued liabilities

     (3,670     (622     (1,326

Other liabilities

     1,789        (77     —     
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     130,124        139,131        104,928   
                        

Investing activities:

      

Equipment purchases

     (66,204     (73,830     (64,522

(Increase) decrease in deposits on equipment

     (8,365     3,733        (2,163

Acquisitions, net of cash received

     (75,268     (760     (34,298

(Increase) decrease in cash in escrow attributable to acquisitions

     (5,077     2,947        485   

Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

     —          (240     (250

Proceeds from sale of assets

     3,590        7,698        3,349   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (151,324     (60,452     (97,399
                        

 

69


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Financing activities:

      

Principal payments on equipment debt

     (6,083     (8,218     (6,904

Proceeds from equipment debt

     872        1,469        358   

Principal payments on term loan facility

     (15,000     (351,600     (4,600

Proceeds from term loan facility

     —          450,800        —     

Principal payments on senior subordinated notes

     (3,541     (294,418     (5,582

Proceeds from senior subordinated notes

     —          187,511        —     

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (1,023     (17,794     (484

Payments of debt retirement costs

     (61     (757     —     

Payments of contingent consideration

     —          —          (355

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries

     (1,987     (5,428     (4,575

Proceeds from share-based payment arrangements

     589        229        78   

Purchase of treasury stock

     (369     (1,906     (219

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

     216        12        32   
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (26,387     (40,100     (22,251
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (47,587     38,579        (14,722

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     120,892        73,305        111,884   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 73,305      $ 111,884      $ 97,162   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 45,331      $ 41,198      $ 43,401   

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

     6,243        (553     425   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Net book value of assets exchanged

   $ 295      $ 2,132      $ 1,602   

Capital lease obligations related to the purchase of equipment

     4,865        9,703        575   

Capital lease obligations transferred

     —          (707     —     

Comprehensive (loss) gain from hedging transactions, net of taxes

     (2,364     (233     1,723   

Equipment debt assumed in connection with acquisitions

     8,602        —          —     

Equipment purchases in accounts payable

     5,883        4,205        229   

Non-cash contribution of equipment

     —          3,781        —     

Contingent consideration for acquisitions (Note 3)

     —          —          3,489   

Noncontrolling interest assumed in connection with acquisitions (Note 3)

     —          —          5,036   

See accompanying notes.

 

 

70


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

 

                            Additional
Paid-In

(Deficit)
Capital
    Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
(Deficit)

Retained
Earnings
    Stockholders’ Equity
Attributable to
    Total
Stock-

holders’
Equity
 
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock           Alliance
HealthCare

Services, Inc
    Noncon-
trolling
Interest
   
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount              

Balance at January 1, 2008

    50,927,251      $ 509        (6,569   $ (61   $ (1,470   $ 205      $ 4,473      $ 3,656      $ 4,423      $ 8,079   

Exercise of common stock options

    123,795        1        —          —          584        —          —          585        —          585   

Issuance of common stock under directors’ deferred compensation plan

    59,217        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of restricted stock

    283,300        3        —          —          —          —          —          3        —          3   

Issuance of common stock under stock bonus award

    125,470        1        —          —          —          —          —          1        —          1   

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          —          (46,362     (369     —          —          —          (369     —          (369

Share-based payment

    —          —          —          —          5,276        —          —          5,276        —          5,276   

Stock option income tax benefit

    —          —          —          —          216        —          —          216        —          216   

Unrealized loss on hedging transaction, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          (2,364     —          (2,364     —          (2,364

Net contributions/ (distributions)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,987     (1,987

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          16,523        16,523        3,030        19,553   
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

    51,519,033        514        (52,931     (430     4,606        (2,159     20,996        23,527        5,466        28,993   

Exercise of common stock options

    64,400        1        —          —          224        —          —          225        —          225   

Issuance of common stock under directors’ deferred compensation plan

    41,016        —          —          —          (164     —          —          (164     —          (164

Issuance of restricted stock

    313,000        3        —          —          —          —          —          3        —          3   

Issuance of common stock under stock bonus award

    87,565        1        —          —          —          —          —          1        —          1   

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          (3     (333,772     (1,903     —          —          —          (1,906     —          (1,906

Share-based payment

    —          —          —          —          6,080        —          —          6,080        —          6,080   

Share-based payment income tax detriment

    —          —          —          —          (135     —          —          (135     —          (135

Unrealized loss on hedging transaction, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          (233     —          (233     —          (233

Net contributions/(distributions)

    —          —          —          —          41        —          —          41        (1,688     (1,647

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          481        481        3,064        3,545   
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2009

    52,025,014        516        (386,703     (2,333     10,652        (2,392     21,477        27,920        6,842        34,762   

Exercise of common stock options

    1,250        —          —          —          68        —          —          68        —          68   

Issuance of common stock under directors’ deferred compensation plan

    60,789        1        —          —          —          —          —          1        —          1   

Issuance of restricted stock

    892,900        9        —          —          —          —          —          9        —          9   

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          (1     (51,422     (218     —          —          —          (219     —          (219

Share-based payment

    —          —          —          —          5,580        —          —          5,580        —          5,580   

Share-based payment income tax detriment

    —          —          —          —          (238     —          —          (238     —          (238

Unrealized gain on hedging transaction, net of tax

    —          —          —          —          —          1,723        —          1,723        —          1,723   

Acquired noncontrolling interest

    —          —          —          —            —          —          —          5,036        5,036   

Net contributions/(distributions)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,300     (4,300

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (32,653     (32,653     3,890        (28,763
                                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2010

    52,979,953      $ 525        (438,125   $ (2,551   $ 16,062      $ (669   $ (11,176   $ 2,191      $ 11,468      $ 13,659   
                                                                               

 

71


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Description of the Company and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

Description of the Company Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) provides diagnostic imaging services and therapeutic services primarily to hospitals and other healthcare providers on a shared-service and full-time service basis. The Company also provides services through a growing number of fixed-sites, primarily to hospitals or health systems. The Company’s services normally include the use of its systems, technologists and other clinical staff to operate the systems, equipment maintenance and upgrades and management of day-to-day shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology operations. The Company also offers ancillary services including marketing support, education, training and billing assistance. The Company operates entirely within the United States and is one of the largest providers of shared service and fixed-site magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) and positron emission tomography/computed tomography (“PET/CT”) services in the country. The Company also operates 27 radiation oncology centers at December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, MRI, PET/CT and radiation oncology services generated 45%, 39% and 9% of the Company’s revenue, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of all majority- owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company records noncontrolling interest related to its consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly owned. Investments in non-consolidated investees are accounted for under the equity method. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company classifies short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable The Company provides shared and single-user diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology equipment and technical support services to the healthcare industry and directly to patients on an outpatient basis. Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivables are due from hospitals, other healthcare providers and health insurance providers located throughout the United States. A substantial portion of the Company’s services are provided pursuant to long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. Estimated credit losses are provided for in the consolidated financial statements and losses experienced have been within management’s expectations.

Concentration of Credit Risk Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consists of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company invests available cash in cash equivalents and money market securities of high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company had cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $106,923 and $93,669 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, in excess of federally insured limits. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company’s accounts receivable were primarily from clients in the healthcare industry and third-party payors. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its clients, but does not generally require advance payments or collateral. Credit losses to clients in the healthcare industry have not been material. The provision for doubtful accounts was 0.9% of revenues in 2008, 0.5% of revenues in 2009 and 0.3% of revenues in 2010, respectively.

 

72


Equipment Equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over an initial estimated life of three to 10 years to an estimated residual value, between five and 10 percent of original cost. If the Company continues to operate the equipment beyond its initial estimated life, the residual value is then depreciated to a nominal salvage value over three years.

Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major repairs and purchased software and hardware upgrades, which extend the life of or add value to the equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life.

With the exception of a relatively small dollar amount of office furniture, office equipment, computer equipment, software and leasehold improvements, substantially all of the property owned by the Company relates to diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology equipment, power units and mobile trailers used in the business.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets ASC 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. In accordance with ASC 350, the Company has selected to perform an annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, using financial information as of September 30, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, a sustained significant decline in our market capitalization or a significant decline in our expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors or the broader business climate. The evaluation of such factors requires considerable judgment. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to four reporting units, which are aggregated into the Imaging and Radiation Oncology segments. Goodwill represented $193,126 and $194,243 of our $816,201 and $887,836 of total assets as of December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Imaging segment goodwill totaled $192,628 and $178,432 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively and Oncology segment goodwill totaled $498 and $15,811 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company complies with periodic impairment test procedures, as described above. For each reporting unit, the Company first compares its estimated fair value with its net book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company then performs a second test to calculate the amount of impairment, if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, the Company determines the implied fair value of goodwill. Specifically, the Company determines the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that yields the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company records an impairment charge for the difference.

The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using a combination of income and market approaches. The following describes the valuation methodologies used in 2010, 2009 and 2008 to derive the estimated fair value of the reporting units. The Company uses the average of the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) method and the Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) method in assessing fair value for each reporting unit.

The DCF method involves an analysis of future cash flow projections for the subject reporting unit. Cash flows are discounted at a rate reflective of the perceived risks inherent in the projections. A terminal value, the estimated value of the entity at the end of the discrete forecast, is calculated by dividing the terminal year net cash flow by an appropriate capitalization rate, which assumes constant growth into perpetuity.

Under the GPC method, the fair value of a business is estimated by comparing the subject company to similar companies with publicly traded ownership interests. From these guideline companies, valuation multiples

 

73


are derived and then applied to the appropriate operating statistics of the subject company to arrive at indications of value. The Company identified six guideline companies for use in our analysis of our reporting units. For purposes of this analysis, the guideline companies selected represented reasonably similar, but alternative investment opportunities to an investment in the reporting unit.

In 2008 and 2009, the Company concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, indicating no goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment was present. Following the 2010 goodwill assessment, the Company concluded that the net book values of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. Based on the results of the Step 2 test, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $19,902 under ASC 350 related to goodwill in the Radiation Oncology segment. Through December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a total of $19,902 of goodwill impairment charges. The Company also recorded impairment charges of $10,300 under ASC 350 related to certain certificates of need with indefinite lives, $7,800 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $2,500 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the certificates of need, utilizing either an excess earnings method or a beneficial earnings method. Under the income approach, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by the asset.

These impairments reflect how the Company has been impacted by the reported decline in physician office visits and other conditions in the United States arising from global economic conditions. Due to these factors, we have experienced a decline in demand for our services and a decline in market capitalization. Additionally, the development of new projects, specifically in the Radiation Oncology segment, has taken longer than expected as the hospital decision-making cycle has slowed causing longer than expected negotiation periods, further delaying the regulatory approval cycle and construction timelines.

ASC 350 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” For additional information, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360. ASC 360 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

In 2008 and 2009, the Company concluded that no impairment was present in its long-lived assets or intangible assets with definite useful lives. During the fourth quarter of 2010, based on the factors noted above, the Company also deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation of certain definite useful lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 360. Based on this valuation, the Company recorded impairment charges of $5,820 related to certain physician referral network intangible assets, $273 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $5,547 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the physician referral networks, utilizing the excess earnings method.

Lastly, the Company recorded impairment charges of $6,073 under ASC 323, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures” related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of investments in two joint ventures, due to triggering events that occurred in the fourth quarter during the annual budgeting process. The Company applied a combination of the DCF and GPC methods, as described above, and the guideline transaction method, for which a value indication is derived from the prices at which companies similar to the subject have been sold, to determine the fair value of these investments. For additional information, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

74


Revenue Recognition The majority of the Company’s revenues are derived directly from healthcare providers and are primarily for imaging services. To a lesser extent, revenues are generated from direct billings to third-party payors or patients which are recorded net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Revenues from billings to third-party payors and patients amounted to approximately 21%, 20% and 20% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 3% of consolidated revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 600, “Revenue.” As the price is predetermined, all revenues are recognized at the time the delivery of service has occurred and collectibility is reasonably assured which is based upon contract terms with healthcare providers and negotiated rates with third party payors and patients. The Company also records revenue from management services that it performs based upon management service contracts with predetermined pricing. Revenues from these services amounted to approximately 6%, 5% and 5% of total revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. These revenues are recorded in the period in which the service is performed and collections of the billed amounts are reasonably assured in accordance with ASC 600.

Share-Based Payment ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” requires that the fair value at the grant date resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Further, ASC 718 requires entities to apply a fair-value based measurement method in accounting for these transactions. This value is recorded over the vesting period. Under ASC 718, the Company records in its consolidated statements of operations (i) compensation cost for options granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after January 1, 2006 under the provisions of ASC 718 and (ii) compensation cost for the unvested portion of options granted prior to January 1, 2006 over their remaining vesting periods using the amounts previously measured under ASC 718 for pro forma disclosure purposes.

Derivatives The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, management may designate the derivative as a hedge of the identified exposure. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the firm commitment or forecasted transaction that has been designated as a hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item. The Company formally measures effectiveness of its hedging relationships, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, in accordance with its risk management policy. The Company would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting change in the cash flows of a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, (iv) because a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, or (v) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. The Company’s derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. For derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, any unrealized gains or losses on fair value are included in comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, assuming perfect effectiveness. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings.

Income Taxes The provision for income taxes is determined in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Future income tax benefits are recognized only to the extent that the realization of such benefits is considered to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and establishes a valuation allowance, when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be recoverable, based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amounts

 

75


reported in the balance sheet for accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these accounts. The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for long-term debt under the Company’s New Credit Agreement (as discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) approximates fair value, as these borrowings have variable rates that reflect currently available terms, credit spreads and conditions for similar debt. The fair value of the Company’s senior subordinated notes, senior notes and its equipment loans was $206,167 and $195,254 compared to the carrying amount reported on the balance sheet of $216,993 and $207,906 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The fair values of the Company’s senior subordinated notes and senior notes at December 31, 2009 and 2010, were based upon the bond trading prices. The fair value of the equipment loans was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of equipment loans.

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company had entered into multiple interest rate swap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and interest rate cap agreements, as discussed in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Assuming perfect effectiveness, any unrealized gains and losses related to the swaps, collars and caps that qualify for hedge accounting are classified as a component of comprehensive income (loss), net of any tax. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings.

Segment Reporting In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” and based on the nature of the financial information that is received by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Company operates in two reportable segments, Imaging and Radiation Oncology, based on similar economic and other characteristics. In 2010, as discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Radiation Oncology segment met the quantitative thresholds for separate reporting. Additionally, the Company does not consider its wholesale revenue and retail revenue sources to constitute separate operating segments as discrete financial information does not exist and is not provided to the CODM.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations” significantly changes the accounting for business combinations. Under ASC 805, an acquiring entity is required to recognize all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. ASC 805 changes the accounting treatment for certain specific items, including:

 

   

Acquisition costs will be generally expensed as incurred;

 

   

Noncontrolling interests (formerly known as “minority interests”—see ASC 810 discussion below) will generally be valued at fair value at the acquisition date;

 

   

Restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and

 

   

Changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense.

ASC 805 also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. ASC 805 applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 805 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2010, except for the expensing of transaction costs in the statements of operations.

 

76


FASB ASC 805 is effective for contingent assets or contingent liabilities acquired in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2010.

FASB ASC 810, “Consolidation” establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. ASC 810 clarifies that changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. ASC 810 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. The Company adopted ASC 810 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 810 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2010; however, there may be an impact on future transactions. The adoption of ASC 810 changed the presentation of noncontrolling interest to a component of stockholders equity, rather than a liability, and required the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, rather than minority interest expense. Such presentation has been consistently applied in all years presented in the accompanying financial statements.

FASB ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” enhances the current guidance on disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. This statement requires that objectives for using derivative instruments be disclosed in terms of underlying risk and accounting designation. Specifically, ASC 815 requires disclosure about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under ASC 815 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flow. This statement requires qualitative disclosure about the objectives and strategies for using derivatives in terms of the risks that the entity is intending to manage, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments in a tabular format, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements to provide information on potential effect on an entity’s liquidity from using derivatives. The derivative instruments shall be distinguished between those used for risk management purposes and those used for other purposes. ASC 815 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 815 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 815 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2010.

FASB ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share” addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in calculating earnings per share under the two-class method described in ASC 260. ASC 260 requires companies to treat unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividend or dividend equivalents as a separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share. ASC 260 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 260 on January 1, 2009. The Company granted and expects to continue to grant restricted stock awards to its officers and non-employee directors that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividend and dividend equivalents. Such awards are considered participating securities under ASC 260. As such, the Company is required to include these awards in the calculation of the Company’s basic earnings per share and will need to calculate basic earnings per share using the two-class method. Restricted stock awards have previously been included in the Company’s dilutive earnings per share calculation using the treasury stock method. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation

 

77


rights in undistributed earnings. The Company has historically not paid and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future; however, the Company must still allocate undistributed earnings between common shareholders and participating securities based on the contractual rights of each security, as if all the earnings for the period have been distributed. Since the adoption of ASC 260 was applied retrospectively, the earnings per share for all periods presented in the accompanying financial statements was calculated to conform with ASC 260,

FASB ASC 825, “Financial Instruments” requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. ASC 825 is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted ASC 825 during the interim period ended June 30, 2009.

FASB ASC 855, “Subsequent Events” enhances the current guidance on accounting and disclosure requirements for subsequent events. This statement requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date, that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued. ASC 855 is effective for interim periods and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2010.

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-17, “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved With Variable Interest Entities” (“ASU 2009-17”), enhances the current guidance on disclosure requirements for companies with financial interests in a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (a) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (b) the right to receive benefits from the entity. ASU 2009-17 requires an additional reconsideration event when determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity when any changes in facts and circumstances occur such that the holders of the equity investment at risk, as a group, lose the power of voting rights or similar rights of those investments to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. It also requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 requires additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities. ASU 2009-17 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, with early application prohibited. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-17 on January 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

ASU No. 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”), amends ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Further, ASU 2010-06 amends guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets under ASC 715 to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. ASU 2010-06 is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

3. Transactions

In the first quarter of 2008, the Company purchased six CyberKnife® robotic radiosurgery facilities from Accuray, Inc. The radiosurgery systems are currently providing radiosurgery services at hospitals located in

 

78


California, Maryland, New Jersey and Tennessee. The purchase price totaled $10,287 in cash and $732 in transaction costs. The acquisition was financed using proceeds from the Company’s issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded acquired intangible assets of $1,459, which was assigned to customer contracts and are being amortized over seven years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The year ended December 31, 2008 included approximately nine months of operations from this acquisition. The Company has not included pro forma information as this acquisition did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In the third quarter of 2008, the Company purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Medical Outsourcing Services, LLC (“MOS”), a mobile provider of PET/CT, based in Naperville, Illinois. MOS operated in nine states, including, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin. The purchase price consisted of $17,271 in cash, $2,500 in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $4,564 in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the Company’s issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $3,303 and acquired intangible assets of $12,450, of which $3,850 was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over five years, $6,100 was assigned to customer relationships, which is being amortized over 10 years, and $2,500 was assigned to a non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over three years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $2,500 for a contingent payment which is being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification, which is expected to be resolved over the three years following the acquisition date. When the contingencies are resolved and consideration is distributable from the escrow account, the Company will record the fair value of the consideration as additional purchase price to goodwill. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company increased goodwill by $67 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company increased goodwill by $134 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included six months of operations from this acquisition. The Company has not included pro forma information as this acquisition did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. Please also see further discussion in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the third quarter of 2008, the Company purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of RAMIC Des Moines, LLC (“RAMIC”), a single modality center providing MRI services in West Des Moines, Iowa. The purchase price consisted of $7,216 in cash, $605 in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $114 in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the Company’s issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $2,899 and acquired intangible assets of $2,600, of which $1,850 was assigned to the physician network, which is being amortized over five years, and $750 was assigned to certificates of need held by RAMIC, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $605 for a contingent payment which was being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification. During the year ended December 31, 2009, $550 was released from escrow, which was recorded to goodwill as additional purchase price. All contingencies have been resolved and all escrow amounts have been distributed as of December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company increased goodwill by $56 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included approximately five months of operations from this acquisition. The Company has not included pro forma information as this acquisition did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

79


In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Shared PET Imaging, LLC (“SPI”), a mobile and fixed-site provider of PET and PET/CT, based in Canton, Ohio. SPI served approximately 90 clients in thirteen states, including Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Florida, Pennsylvania, New York, Tennessee and South Carolina. The purchase price consisted of $34,092 in cash, $2,000 in cash which is being held in an escrow account, and $9,102 in assumed liabilities and transaction costs. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds and proceeds from the Company’s issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $6,895 and acquired intangible assets of $9,350, of which $500 was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over five years, $5,350 was assigned to customer relationships, which is being amortized over 13 years, $3,150 was assigned to a non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over three years, and $350 was assigned to certificates of need held by SPI, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $2,000 for a contingent payment which is being held in an escrow account, pending the resolution of claims for indemnification, which is expected to be resolved over the 18 months following the acquisition date. When the contingencies are resolved and consideration is distributable from the escrow account, the Company will record the fair value of the consideration as additional purchase price to goodwill. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company increased goodwill by $383 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company increased goodwill by $296 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2008 included one month of operations from this acquisition. The Company has not included pro forma information as this acquisition did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Also in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company purchased the remaining 20% minority interest in Alliance Oncology (“AO”). The total purchase price was $6,524, which consisted entirely of cash. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $4,537. All recorded goodwill is capitalized for tax purposes and amortized over 15 years.

During December 2009, the Company entered into and completed various debt related transactions in order to expand its borrowing capacity and extend the maturity of its debt (the “Refinance Transaction”). In order to accomplish this, the Company retired substantially all of its $300,000 7 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 (the “7 1/4% Notes”) through a cash tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) and repaid the balance of $351,600 on its existing Tranche C1 term loan facility (the “Old Term Loan”). In conjunction with the Refinance Transaction, the Company also entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”), comprised of a $460,000 term loan (the “New Term Loan”) maturing June 2016 and a $120,000 revolving facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing December 2014. Borrowings under the New Term Loan were issued at 98.0% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the loan. The Company also issued $190,000 of 8.0% senior notes due 2016 (the “8% Notes”) in a transaction that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The 8% Notes were issued at 98.69% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the notes. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at the Company’s option, either London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for base rate loans is 2.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum. The Company used the proceeds from these transactions and existing cash to complete the Tender Offer and purchase $294,418 of the 7 1/4% Notes at a

 

80


purchase price equal to 100.125% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the redemption date. The Company also used the proceeds from these transactions to pay off the Old Term Loan and redeem the remaining $5.6 million of 7 1/4% notes in January 2010 at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. The Company incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $14,600 related to the Refinance Transaction, which represents the tender premium and consent payment to redeem the 7 1/4% Notes, write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the retired debt, and other fees and expenses.

In the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased a majority of the outstanding membership interests of Radiology 24/7, LLC (“RAD 24/7”), a teleradiology services company, which provides primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services nationwide. The purchase price consisted of $8,860 in cash, $3,775 in contingent payments, and $659 in assumed liabilities. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $9,883 and acquired intangible assets of $8,000, of which $6,450 was assigned to customer relationships, which are being amortized over ten years, and $1,450 was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over seven years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $3,775 for contingent payments due upon the achievement of certain revenue targets, which is expected to be resolved over the two years following the acquisition date. All contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The fair value of noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was $5,036 as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $334 in earnings related to decreasing the estimated value of contingent consideration. The year ended December 31, 2010 included nine months of operations from this acquisition.

Also in the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased all of the outstanding membership interests of Diagnostic Health Center of Anchorage, LLC (“DHC”), a fixed-site imaging center located in Anchorage, Alaska. The center operates in a Certificate-of-Need state, and is a multi-modality imaging center which provides MRI, CT, digital mammography, X-Ray and other imaging services. The purchase price consisted of $13,737 in cash and $554 in assumed liabilities. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $3,764 and acquired intangible assets of $8,100, of which $6,400 was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, and $1,750 was assigned to certificates of need held by DHC, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company increased goodwill by $63 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included seven months of operations from this acquisition.

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain assets from Arkansas Cancer Center, P.A., located in Pine Bluff, Arkansas (“Pine Bluff”). This is the Company’s third Arkansas-based radiation therapy facility. The purchase price consisted of $9,489 in cash, $427 in contingent payments and $6 in assumed liabilities. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $4,098 and acquired intangible assets of $5,250, of which $3,800 was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, $1,000 was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 10 years, $350 was assigned to a professional services agreement, which is being amortized over nine years and $100 was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over nine years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. The acquisition included a one-third interest in a joint venture which was recorded at a fair value of $250 at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The acquisition included $427 for contingent payments due upon the resolution of certain claims, which are expected to be resolved over the six months following the acquisition date. All

 

81


contingent payments were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2010, the amounts recognized for the contingent consideration arrangements and the assumptions used to develop the estimates have not changed. During 2010, the Company paid $355 in contingent payments. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company decreased goodwill by $7 as a result of changes in the original valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The year ended December 31, 2010 included six months of operations from this acquisition.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain assets from Cancer Treatment Center of Hazleton, located in Hazleton, Pennsylvania (“Hazleton”). This is the Company’s first Pennsylvania-based radiation therapy facility and is a strategic addition to the Company’s Bethesda cancer network, now totaling eleven centers located throughout Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Pennsylvania and Missouri. The purchase price consisted of $2,088 in cash and $80 in assumed liabilities. The Company financed this acquisition using internally generated funds. As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $498 and acquired intangible assets of $1,400, of which $850 was assigned to the physician referral network, which is being amortized over 10 years, $350 was assigned to trademarks, which have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization, and $200 was assigned to the non-compete agreement, which is being amortized over five years. The intangible assets were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. All recorded goodwill and intangible assets are capitalized for tax purposes and are being amortized over 15 years. The values assigned to the assets and liabilities acquired are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment. The year ended December 31, 2010 included one month of operations from this acquisition.

The Company has not included pro forma information as these acquisitions did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations, individually or in the aggregate.

4. Share-Based Payment

The Company adopted ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective application transition method. Under ASC 718, the Company records in its consolidated statements of operations (i) compensation cost for options granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after January 1, 2006 under the provisions of ASC 718 and (ii) compensation cost for the unvested portion of options granted prior to January 1, 2006 over their remaining vesting periods using the amounts previously measured under ASC 718 for pro forma disclosure purposes.

The Company has elected to follow the alternative transition method as described in ASC 718 for computing its beginning additional paid-in capital pool. In addition, the Company treats the tax deductions from stock options as being realized when they reduce taxes payable in accordance with the principles and timing under the relevant tax law.

Stock Option Plans and Awards

In November 1999, the Company adopted an employee stock option plan (the “1999 Equity Plan”) pursuant to which options and awards with respect to a total of 6,325,000 shares of the Company’s common stock became available for grant. On May 30, 2007, the Company adopted an amendment to the 1999 Equity Plan which increased the number of shares available to be awarded to 8,025,000 shares. On May 27, 2009, the Company adopted an amendment to the 1999 Equity Plan which increased the number of shares available to be awarded to 11,025,000 shares. As of December 31, 2010, a total of 1,879,273 shares were available for grant under the 1999 Equity Plan. Options are granted with exercise prices equal to fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, except as noted below. All options have 10-year terms. Options granted after January 1, 2008 are time options which vest 25% each year, over four years. For options granted prior to January 1, 2008, initial stock option grants were comprised 50% of “time options” and 50% of “performance options.” The time options have a five-year vesting schedule, vesting 20% per year. The performance options cliff vest after eight years; however, in the event certain operating performance targets are met, up to 20% of the performance options may

 

82


vest each year, accelerating the vesting period up to five years. During the year ended December 31, 2010, there were no options in which vesting was accelerated. Prior to January 1, 2008, subsequent stock options granted under the 1999 Equity Plan to employees were always time options which vest 5% in the first year, 20% in the second year and 25% in years three through five.

In November 2000, the Company granted stock options to certain employees at exercise prices below the fair value of the Company’s common stock. During 2010, the last remaining 35,000 options were cancelled.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the compensation expense associated with share-based payment awards. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. In addition, forfeitures are estimated when recognizing compensation expense and the estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in future periods. The Company records share-based payments for stock options granted with exercise prices below the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant and for certain stock options subject to amended performance targets under the 1999 Equity Plan, as discussed below.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the estimated grant date fair value calculations for stock option awards:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2008         2009         2010    

Risk free interest rate

     3.40     1.98     2.93

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00     0.00

Expected stock price volatility

     53.2     60.1     49.7

Average expected life (in years)

     6.25        6.25        6.25   

The expected stock price volatility rates are based on a blend of the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and peer implied volatility. The risk free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option or award. The average expected life represents the weighted-average period of time that options or awards granted are expected to be outstanding, as calculated using the simplified method described in ASC 718, as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

 

83


The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

     3,805,920      $ 6.36         

Granted

     505,000        9.20         

Exercised

     (123,795     4.73         

Canceled

     (172,950     8.08         
                

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     4,014,175        6.70         

Granted

     835,000        7.95         

Exercised

     (64,400     4.46         

Canceled

     (367,225     7.85         
                

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     4,417,550        6.87         

Granted

     784,000        5.45         

Exercised

     (1,250     4.19         

Canceled

     (269,375     7.55         
                

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     4,930,925      $ 6.61         5.50       $ 161   
                

Vested and expected to vest in the future at December 31, 2010

     4,673,791      $ 6.60         5.41       $ 158   

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     3,042,158      $ 6.57         4.08       $ 129   

 

84


The following table summarizes information about all stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010:

 

Options
Outstanding
    Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
    Options
Exercisable
    Exercise
Price
 
  2,500      $ 3.55        2.65        2,500      $ 3.55   
  184,025        3.67        3.01        184,025        3.67   
  120,000        4.02        9.89        —          4.02   
  19,250        4.04        3.42        19,250        4.04   
  490,200        4.19        5.09        360,650        4.19   
  13,000        4.95        2.37        13,000        4.95   
  99,500        5.19        2.04        99,500        5.19   
  20,000        5.25        8.62        5,416        5.25   
  1,000,000        5.27        2.01        1,000,000        5.27   
  165,000        5.56        5.26        153,750        5.56   
  621,000        5.71        9.01        —          5.71   
  50,000        6.26        5.95        37,500        6.26   
  5,000        6.28        5.57        3,750        6.28   
  50,000        6.42        5.64        30,000        6.42   
  26,950        6.46        5.63        12,950        6.46   
  2,500        6.94        3.77        2,500        6.94   
  235,000        7.05        6.09        117,500        7.05   
  253,500        7.41        6.12        126,500        7.41   
  200,000        7.49        5.87        150,000        7.49   
  1,000        7.75        4.77        1,000        7.75   
  1,000        7.91        5.77        1,000        7.91   
  661,500        8.06        8.00        168,000        8.06   
  35,000        8.24        5.79        26,250        8.24   
  1,000        8.57        7.77        667        8.57   
  5,000        8.74        7.78        2,500        8.74   
  275,000        9.26        7.01        139,500        9.26   
  50,000        9.60        4.22        45,000        9.60   
  1,000        9.74        6.77        1,000        9.74   
  328,000        12.35        4.01        323,450        12.35   
  15,000        13.00        0.59        15,000        13.00   
                   
  4,930,925      $ 6.61        5.50        3,042,158      $ 6.57   
                   

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 was $5.03 per share, $4.57 per share, and $2.81 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $759, $129, and $1, respectively. The total cash received from employees as a result of stock option exercises was $589, $225, and $68 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.

 

85


The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested stock option activity:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2009

     1,953,675      $ 4.37   

Granted

     784,000        2.81   

Vested

     (674,158     4.32   

Canceled

     (174,750     4.22   
          

Unvested at December 31, 2010

     1,888,767      $ 3.76   
          

At December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to unvested stock options granted to both employees and non-employees was $4,038, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.06 years. The valuation model applied in this calculation utilizes highly subjective assumptions that could potentially change over time, including the expected forfeiture rate and performance targets. Therefore the amount of unrecognized share-based payment noted above does not necessarily represent the amount that will ultimately be realized by the Company in the statements of operations. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 was $2,305, $2,381, and $2,910, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The 1999 Equity Plan, as amended and restated, permits the award of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards and performance-based awards. During 2007 and 2008, the Company granted 625,000 and 290,000 restricted stock awards (“awards”), respectively, to certain employees of the Company. During 2009, the Company granted 310,000 awards to certain employees and 20,000 awards to non-employees of the Company. During 2010, the Company granted 913,000 awards to certain employees of the Company. These awards cliff vest after one or five years provided that the employee remains continuously employed and the non-employee continues service through the issuance date. The Company grants restricted stock awards to three non-employee directors of the Company who are unaffiliated with Oaktree and MTS (“unaffiliated directors”). These awards to unaffiliated directors cliff vest after one year based on the unaffiliated directors’ continued service with the Company through that date. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 33,954, 41,016 and 60,789, respectively, to unaffiliated directors. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 4,558 of these shares vested due to a change in one of the unaffiliated directors in May 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the Company recorded share-based payment related to these grants of $1,932, $2,876 and $2,031, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $8.46, $6.20 and $5.11 per share, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested restricted stock activity:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at December 31, 2009

     601,016      $ 7.11   

Granted

     973,789        5.11   

Vested

     (158,916     6.58   

Canceled

     (20,100     5.25   
          

Unvested at December 31, 2010

     1,395,789      $ 5.80   
          

 

86


At December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to the restricted stock awards granted to employees was $4,780, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.89 years. At December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to the restricted stock awards granted to unaffiliated directors was $240, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.00 year. The unaffiliated directors will each receive a restricted stock award on December 31, 2011 and each December 31 thereafter (the “Grant Date”) of the number of shares of common stock having a value equal to $80, rounded down to the nearest whole share, and calculated using the average share price of the Company’s stock over the fifteen-day period preceding the Grant Date. Such restricted stock awards will fully vest one year after the Grant Date based on the continued service of the non-employee director through the vesting date. The valuation model applied in this calculation utilizes highly subjective assumptions that could potentially change over time, including the expected forfeiture rate. Therefore the amount of unrecognized share-based payment noted above does not necessarily represent the amount that will ultimately be realized by the Company in the statements of operations.

Restricted Stock Units

On December 31, 2007, the Company granted restricted stock units to three unaffiliated directors equal to 8,421 shares of common stock each. This number of shares represents the number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a value equal to $80, rounded down to the nearest whole share, and calculated using the average share price of the Company’s stock over the fifteen-day period preceding December 31, 2007. These restricted stock units vested on December 31, 2008.

Stock Bonus Award

During 2006 and 2007, the Company granted stock bonus awards to certain employees of the Company. On the issuance date, the Company issued a number of shares of the Company’s common stock (“shares”), equal to the award divided by the fair market value of the shares at that time, provided that the employee remained continuously employed through the issuance date. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued 125,470 shares related to the stock bonus awards granted in 2006. In January 2010, the Company issued 87,565 shares related to the stock bonus awards granted in 2007. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded share-based payment related to these grants of $500 and $167, respectively.

Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan

Effective January 1, 2000, the Company established a Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Director Plan”) for all non-employee directors. Each of the non-employee directors had elected to participate in the Director Plan and have his annual fee of $25 deferred into a stock account and converted quarterly into Phantom Shares. During 2007, the annual fee was increased to $35. If the director elects to have his annual fee converted into Phantom Shares, then each such director has the option of being paid cash or issued common stock for his Phantom Shares, which is paid or issued upon retirement, separation from the Board of Directors, or the occurrence of a change in control. The unaffiliated directors also have the option to have their annual fee paid in quarterly cash installments. This election is made once a year. The unaffiliated directors also receive a restricted stock award each year equal to $80. See Restricted Stock Awards discussion above. On April 16, 2007, in connection with the purchase of the Company’s common stock by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC (“Oaktree”) and MTS Health Investors, LLC (“MTS”) from Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co (“KKR”), the directors who are affiliated with Oaktree and MTS (“affiliated directors”) elected not to participate in the Director Plan, and instead received annual cash compensation equal to $35, which is paid quarterly to an investment fund, not to the affiliated directors, as specified by each affiliated director. In addition, on December 31 of each year, the affiliated directors also receive additional cash compensation of $80 in consideration of their Board service during the prior fiscal year. Upon separation from the Board of Directors on April 16, 2007, directors affiliated with KKR were paid cash or issued common stock, based on their applicable election, equal to their respective stock accounts on that date. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and

 

87


2010 the Company recorded director fees of $419, $509, and $442, respectively. For cash payment elections of Phantom Shares in the Director Plan, an increase (decrease) to other accrued liabilities is recorded for the difference between the current fair market value and the original issuance price of the Phantom Shares. For the issuance of common stock elections of Phantom Shares, an increase is made to APIC when director’s fees are recorded. All cash elections are accrued in other accrued liabilities until payment is due and payable. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, $555 and $385, respectively was included in other accrued liabilities relating to the Director Plan.

5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company used the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair value disclosure for financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity or variable rates of these instruments.

Debt The fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate debt was based on open bid/ask quotations of those notes at December 31, 2009 and 2010. The carrying amount of variable-rate borrowings at December 31, 2010 approximates fair value estimated based on current market rates and credit spreads for similar debt instruments.

Derivative instruments Fair value was determined based on the income approach and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount and approximates the net gains and losses that would have been realized if the contracts had been settled at each period-end.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2009      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value      Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 111,884       $ 111,884       $ 97,162       $ 97,162   

Fixed-rate debt

     193,115         184,189         187,809         177,650   

Variable-rate debt

     450,897         450,897         447,549         447,549   

Derivative instruments—asset position

     59         59         544         544   

Derivative instruments—liability position

     2,409         2,409         226         226   

The Company adopted ASC 825 on January 1, 2008. ASC 825 applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 825 requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1    Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2    Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs, including similar securities in inactive markets, that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

None of the Company’s instruments have transferred from one level to another.

 

88


The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at fair value on a recurring basis by the above ASC 825 pricing levels as of December 31, 2009:

 

     Total      Quoted market
prices in active
markets (Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 111,884       $ 111,884       $ —         $ —     

Interest rate swaps—liability position

     2,409         —           2,409         —     

Fuel swap—asset position

     59         —           —           59   

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at fair value on a recurring basis by the above ASC 825 pricing levels as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Total      Quoted market
prices in active
markets (Level 1)
     Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 97,162       $ 97,162       $ —         $ —     

Interest rate contracts—asset position

     520         —           520         —     

Interest rate contracts—liability position

     226         —           226         —     

Fuel swap—asset position

     24         —           —           24   

The following table summarizes the Company’s fair value measurements of derivative instruments using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 59   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)

  

Included in earnings

     158   

Included in other comprehensive income

     (193
        

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 24   
        

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at the reporting date

   $ 158   
        

The Company’s derivative instruments are primarily pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and caps based on LIBOR swap rate. The Company has elected to use the income approach to value these derivatives, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount assuming that participants are motivated, but not compelled to transact. Level 2 inputs for interest rate swap and cap valuations are limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically futures contracts on LIBOR for the first two years) and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR cash and swap rates at commonly quoted intervals and implied volatilities for options). The Company has identified both a public and a private data source for use in valuing the Department of Energy (“DOE”) diesel fuel swap. There appears to be a material difference in the pricing for diesel fuel contracts traded on NYMEX and the pricing that brokers make available to retail clients hedging changes in the DOE average national diesel fuel price as executed by the Company. As a result the Company has elected to use broker data available from its counterparty and informally corroborated by a second broker to fair value the diesel fuel swap. The December 31, 2010 over-the-counter forward rates were compared to the fixed rates executed by the Company for each forward date. The loss on each forward date was then present valued at LIBOR plus a credit spread of 3.5%. Mid-market pricing is used as a practical expedient for fair value measurements. ASC 820 states that the fair value measurement of an asset or liability must reflect the nonperformance risk of the entity and the counterparty. Therefore, the impact of the counterparty’s creditworthiness and the Company’s creditworthiness has also been factored into the fair value measurement of the derivative instruments. For additional information please see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

89


Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

The Company also measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring basis, generally on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These assets include goodwill, intangible assets, and investments in unconsolidated investees.

In accordance with the goodwill guidance, since the carrying amount of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit was greater than their estimated fair value as determined in Step 1 of the impairment test, the Company was required to measure the fair value of goodwill of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit in Step 2 of the impairment test. Goodwill of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit with a carrying amount of $20,400 was written down to its implied fair value of $498, resulting in impairment charges of $19,902, which was included in earnings for the period. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

To estimate the fair value of the Radiation Oncology reporting units, the Company utilized both the income and market valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) method is used, which involves an analysis of future cash flow projections for the subject reporting unit. Cash flows are discounted at a rate reflective of the perceived risks inherent in the projections. A terminal value, the estimated value of the entity at the end of the discrete forecast, is calculated by dividing the terminal year net cash flow by an appropriate capitalization rate, which assumes constant growth into perpetuity. Under the market approach, the Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) method is used, for which the fair value of a business is estimated by comparing the subject company to similar companies with publicly traded ownership interests. From these guideline companies, valuation multiples are derived and then applied to the appropriate operating statistics of the subject company to arrive at indications of value. The Company identified six guideline companies for use in their analysis of reporting units. For purposes of this analysis, the guideline companies selected represented reasonably similar, but alternative investment opportunities to an investment in the reporting unit. The Company uses an average of the DCF method and the GPC method in assessing fair value for each reporting unit. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company also recorded impairment charges of $10,300 under ASC 350 related to certain certificates of need with indefinite lives, $7,800 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $2,500 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the certificates of need, utilizing either an excess earnings method or a beneficial earnings method. Under the income approach, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by the asset. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.

ASC 350 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” During the fourth quarter of 2010, based on the factors noted below, the Company also deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation of certain definite useful lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 360. Based on this valuation, the Company recorded impairment charges of $5,820 related to certain physician referral network intangibles assets, $273 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $5,547 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the physician referral networks, utilizing the excess earnings method. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.

Lastly, the Company recorded impairment charges of $6,073 million under ASC 323, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures” related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of investments in two joint ventures, due to triggering events that occurred in the fourth quarter during the annual budgeting process. The Company applied a combination of the DCF and GPC methods, as described above, and the guideline transaction method, for which a value indication is derived from the prices at which companies similar to the subject have been sold, to determine the fair value of these investments. This fair value determination was categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.

 

90


There was no remaining goodwill, intangible assets, or investments in unconsolidated investees that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis on which an impairment charge was recorded as of December 31, 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $19,902, related to goodwill, $10,300 related to indefinite lived intangible assets, $5,820 related to definite lived intangibles, and $6,073 related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of two joint ventures.

6. Impairment Charges

Recent market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with recession in most major economies in which we provide service. The Company has been impacted by the reported decline in physician office visits and other conditions in the United States arising from global economic conditions. Due to these factors, the Company has experienced a decline in demand for its services and a decline in market capitalization. Additionally, the development of new projects, specifically in the Radiation Oncology segment, has taken longer than expected as the hospital decision-making cycle has slowed causing longer than expected negotiation periods, further delaying the regulatory approval cycle and construction timelines. As a result, in 2010 the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge totaling $42,095 associated with goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 350 and 360, and an impairment of investments in two joint ventures in accordance with ASC 323, the components of which are described in more detail below.

Following the 2010 goodwill assessment, the Company concluded that the net book values of the Radiation Oncology reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. Based on the results of the Step 2 test, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $19,902 under ASC 350 related to goodwill in the Radiation Oncology segment. The Company also recorded impairment charges of $10,300 under ASC 350 related to certain certificates of need with indefinite lives, $7,800 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $2,500 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the certificates of need, utilizing either an excess earnings method or a beneficial earnings method. Under the income approach, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by the asset.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, based on the factors noted above, the Comapny also deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation of certain definite useful lived intangible assets in accordance with ASC 360. Based on this valuation, the Company recorded impairment charges of $5,820 related to certain physician referral network intangible assets, $273 of which was related to the Radiation Oncology segment, and $5,547 of which was related to the Imaging segment. The Company applied the income approach to value the physician referral networks, utilizing the excess earnings method.

Lastly, the Company recorded impairment charges of $6,073 under ASC 323, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures” related to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of investments in two joint ventures, due to triggering events that occurred in the fourth quarter during the annual budgeting process. The Company applied a combination of the DCF and GPC methods, as described above, and the guideline transaction method, for which a value indication is derived from the prices at which companies similar to the subject have been sold, to determine the fair value of these investments.

 

91


7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 193,430   

Goodwill acquired during the period

     378   

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

     435   
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

     194,243   

Goodwill acquired during the period

     18,242   

Impairment charges

     (19,902

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

     543   
        

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 193,126   
        

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2010  
    Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Intangible
Assets, net
    Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Intangible
Assets, net
 

Amortizing intangible assets:

           

Customer contracts

  $ 89,708      $ (41,701   $ 48,007      $ 101,297      $ (50,417   $ 50,880   

Other

    16,407        (8,825     7,582        22,059        (12,494     9,565   
                                               

Total amortizing intangible assets

  $ 106,115      $ (50,526   $ 55,589      $ 123,356      $ (62,911   $ 60,445   
                                               

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

        44,599            34,177   
                       

Total other intangible assets

      $ 100,188          $ 94,622   
                       

In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”, the Company has selected to perform an annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets based on the financial information as of September 30, or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to its carrying amount to determine if there is potential impairment. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined by an income approach and a market capitalization approach. Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the income approach. The estimates that the Company has used are consistent with the plans and estimates that it uses to manage its business. The Company bases its fair value estimates on forecasted revenue and operating costs which include a number of factors including, but not limited to, securing new customers, retention of existing customers, growth in imaging and radiation oncology revenues and the impact of continued cost savings initiatives. However, it is possible that plans and estimates may change.

Based on the factors and valuation performed in accordance in ASC 350 described in Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $19,902 in the Radiation Oncology segment.

In 2010, because of the indications of impairment described in Note 6, in accordance with ASC 360 certain intangible assets acquired in 2007 and 2009 were determined to be impaired, and the Company recorded a charge of $16,121 in order to record these assets at fair value.

The Company uses the estimated useful life to amortize customer contracts, which is a weighted-average of 11 years. Other intangible assets subject to amortization are estimated to have a weighted-average useful life of

 

92


five years. Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $8,696, $11,000 and $12,439 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The intangible assets not subject to amortization represent certificates of need and regulatory authority rights which have indefinite useful lives.

Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the fiscal years ending December 31, is presented below:

 

2011

   $ 12,451   

2012

     10,950   

2013

     8,756   

2014

     7,133   

2015

     6,400   

8. Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2010
 

Accrued systems rental and maintenance costs

   $ 1,128       $ 2,803   

Accrued site rental fees

     1,079         1,175   

Accrued property and sales taxes payable

     16,037         15,220   

Accrued self-insurance expense

     6,095         4,992   

Other accrued expenses

     8,548         9,459   

Accrued contingent payments

     —           3,489   
                 

Total

   $ 32,887       $ 37,138   
                 

9. Long-Term Debt and Senior Subordinated Credit Facility

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2010
 

Term loan facility

   $ 460,000      $ 455,400   

Discount on term loan facility of 5.88%

     (9,103     (7,851

Senior subordinated notes

     5,582        —     

Senior notes

     190,000        190,000   

Discount on senior notes of 8.25%

     (2,467     (2,191

Equipment debt

     23,878        17,907   
                

Long-term debt, including current portion

     667,890        653,265   

Less current portion

     16,902        9,709   
                

Long-term debt

   $ 650,988      $ 643,556   
                

Bank Credit Facilities On November 2, 1999, the Company entered into a $616,000 Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) consisting of a $131,000 Tranche A Term Loan Facility, a $150,000 Tranche B Term Facility, a $185,000 Tranche C Term Loan Facility, and a Revolving Loan Facility (the “Old Revolving Credit Facility”). On June 11, 2002, the Company entered into a second amendment to its Credit Agreement in order to complete a $286,000 refinancing of its Tranche B and C term loan facility. Under the terms of the amended term loan facility, the Company received proceeds of $286,000 from a new Tranche C term loan facility, and used the entire amount of the proceeds to retire $145,500 and $140,500 owed under Tranche B and C of its existing term loan facility, respectively. The new Tranche C borrowing rate was decreased to the LIBOR plus 2.375%. The borrowing rate under the previously applicable Tranche B borrowing rate had been LIBOR plus 2.750% and the previously applicable Tranche C borrowing rate had been LIBOR plus 3.000%.

 

93


On December 29, 2004, the Company entered into a third amendment to its Credit Agreement which revised the Tranche C term loan facility (“Old Term Loan”) resulting in incremental borrowings of $154,000 and decreased the maximum amount of availability under the existing revolving loan facility from $150,000 to $70,000. The proceeds from the amendment were used to complete a cash tender offer (the “2004 Tender Offer”) to retire $256,459 of the $260,000 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011, as discussed below. The Old Term Loan borrowing rate decreased to LIBOR plus 2.250%. On December 19, 2005 the Company entered into a fourth amendment to its Credit Agreement which revised the Company’s maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant to a level not to exceed 4.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter until the expiration of the agreement. Prior to the fourth amendment, the Company’s maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant was 3.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter beginning March 31, 2006 to the expiration of the agreement. The fourth amendment also requires the Company to maintain a maximum consolidated senior leverage ratio covenant at a level not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. The amendment increased the Old Term Loan LIBOR margin from an annual rate of 2.250% to 2.500%. At December 31, 2008, the Company did not have any borrowings outstanding under the revolving loan facility. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred an amendment fee of $594.

In December 2009, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement (the “New Credit Facility”), comprised of a $460,000 term loan (the “New Term Loan”) maturing June 2016 and a $120,000 revolving facility (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) maturing December 2014. The Company used the proceeds from the New Term Loan to retire $351,600 of its Old Term Loan. Borrowings under the New Term Loan were issued at 98.0% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the loan. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at the Company’s option, either London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. With respect to the New Term Loan, the applicable margin for base rate loans is 2.50% per annum, and with respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility, the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $115,276 of available borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility, but did not have any borrowings outstanding. In addition to other covenants, the New Credit Facility places limits on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, prepay, redeem or purchase debt, incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions, make loans and investments, incur additional indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements, make capital expenditures, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, transact with affiliates and alter the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries. The New Credit Facility also contains financial covenants requiring the Company to maintain (i) a maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA of 4.75 to 1.00 through March 31, 2011, 4.50 to 1.00 from April 1, 2011 through March 31, 2012, 4.25 to 1.00 April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013 and 4.00 to 1.00 April 1, 2013 through the end of the agreement and (ii) a minimum ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of 2.75 to 1.00.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the New Credit Facility. Voluntary prepayments are permitted in whole or in part without premium or penalty. The Company has not made voluntary prepayments on the New Term Loan. As noted in the maturities schedule, principal payments are required annually for the New Term Loan.

The weighted-average interest rate of the New Term Loan at December 31, 2009 was 5.523%. The weighted-average interest rate of the New Term Loan at December 31, 2010 was 5.493%. There were no

 

94


borrowings outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2009 and 2010. The Company pays a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion available under the New Revolving Credit Facility. The Company also pays variable per annum fees in respect of outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2010 the Company had $4,724 of outstanding letters of credit. The New Credit Facility is collateralized by the Company’s equity interests in its majority owned subsidiaries, partnerships and limited liability companies and its unencumbered assets, which include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and intellectual property. At December 31, 2010, the Company had an unamortized discount of $7,851 related to the New Term Loan.

10  3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes In December 2004 the Company completed the 2004 Tender Offer for any and all of its outstanding 10 3/8% Notes. The Company redeemed the 10 3/8% Notes at a redemption price equal to 113.856% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the redemption date. The Company used the remaining proceeds from the Old Term Loan, proceeds from the sale of the original 7 1/4% Notes described below, and existing cash to settle the tender premium and consent payment. In April 2008, the Company paid the remaining balance of $3,541 related to the 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes and recorded $61 in loss on extinguishment of debt.

7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes On December 29, 2004, the Company issued $150,000 of its 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “original 7 1/4% Notes”) in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and used the proceeds to repay a portion of its 10 3/8% Notes. The original 7 1/4% Notes were subsequently registered on February 1, 2005. On December 4, 2007, the Company issued an additional $150,000 of its 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “new 7 1/4% Notes”) in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The new 7 1/4% Notes were subsequently registered on January 25, 2008 and are fully guaranteed by the Company. No subsidiary of the Company guarantees these Notes. The new 7 1/4% Notes were issued at a discount of 8.5%, which was being amortized to interest expense through the maturity date of the notes. The new 7 1/4% Notes have terms that were substantially identical to the Company’s original 7 1/4% Notes, but were issued under a new indenture and are therefore a separate series of notes. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the new 7 1/4% Notes to repay and terminate the Acquisition Credit Facility (as described below). The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The original 7 1/4% Notes and the new 7 1/4% Notes are collectively referred to as the “7 1/4% Notes.” The 7 1/4% Notes contained restrictive covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and restrictive payments. The 7 1/4% Notes were unsecured senior subordinated obligations and were subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, including bank debt, and all obligations of its subsidiaries.

In December 2009 the Company completed a cash tender offer (the “2009 Tender Offer”) for any and all of its outstanding 7 1/4% Notes. The Company purchased the 7 1/4% Notes at a purchase price equal to 100.125% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the purchase date. The Company incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $14,600 related to the Refinance Transaction, which represents the tender premium and consent payment to redeem the 7 1/4% Notes, write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the retired debt, and other fees and expenses. At December 31, 2009, the Company had a remaining balance of $5,582 related to the 7 1/4% Notes. The remaining balance was redeemed at par, together with accrued interest to the redemption date, in January 2010.

8% Senior Notes In December 2009, the Company issued $190,000 of 8.0% senior notes due 2016 (the “8% Notes”) in a transaction that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company used the proceeds from this transaction, the New Term Loan and existing cash to complete the 2009 Tender Offer and purchase $294,418 of the 7 1/4% Notes at a purchase price equal to 100.125% of the principal amount, together with the accrued interest to the redemption date. The 8% Notes were issued at 98.690% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the

 

95


maturity date of the notes. No subsidiary of the Company guarantees these Notes. The indenture governing the 8% Notes contains covenants limiting the Company’s and most of its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock, create liens on assets, merge, consolidate, or sell all or substantially all of its assets, and enter into transactions with affiliates, among others. The 8% Notes are unsecured senior obligations and are equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, and rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated debt. The 8% Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the New Credit Facility, to the extent of assets securing such indebtedness, and are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all obligations of the Company’s subsidiaries. At December 31, 2010, the Company had an unamortized discount of $2,191 related to the 8% Notes. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the 8% Notes.

The maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

     Bank Credit Facilites  
     New Term Loan      Senior
Notes
     Equipment
Loans
     Total  

Year ending December 31:

           

2011

   $ 4,600       $ —         $ 5,109       $ 9,709   

2012

     4,600         —           4,185         8,785   

2013

     4,600         —           3,925         8,525   

2014

     4,600         —           3,172         7,772   

2015

     4,600         —           1,164         5,764   

Thereafter

     432,400         190,000         352         622,752   
                                   
   $ 455,400       $ 190,000       $ 17,907       $ 663,307   
                                   

10. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed utilizing the two-class method and is calculated based on weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented, excluding nonvested restricted stock units which do not contain nonforfeitable rights to dividend and dividend equivalents.

Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the periods utilizing the two-class method for stock options, nonvested restricted stock and nonvested restricted stock units. Potentially dilutive securities are not considered in the calculation of net loss per share as their impact would be anti-dilutive.

 

96


The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Numerator:

        

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.  

   $ 16,523       $ 481       $ (32,653
                          

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average shares-basic

     51,296         51,738         52,780   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Employee stock options

     863         417         —     
                          

Weighted-average shares-diluted

     52,159         52,155         52,780   
                          

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.:

        

Basic

   $ 0.32       $ 0.01       $ (0.62
                          

Diluted

   $ 0.32       $ 0.01       $ (0.62
                          

Stock options excluded from the computation of diluted per share amounts:

        

Weighted-average shares for which the exercise price exceeds average market price of common stock

     927         2,428         4,279   

Average exercise price per share that exceeds average market price of common stock

   $ 10.59       $ 8.70       $ 7.14   
                          

11. Derivatives

The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Management generally designates derivatives in a hedge relationship with the identified exposure on the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, as disclosed below. The Company has only executed derivative instruments that are economic hedges of exposures that can qualify in hedge relationships under ASC 815. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the firm commitment or forecasted transaction that has been designated as a hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item. The Company formally assesses effectiveness of its hedging relationships, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, then measures and records ineffectiveness. The Company would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting change in the cash flows of a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, or (iv) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. The Company’s derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. For additional information please see Note 5 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. For derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, any effective unrealized gains or losses on fair value are included in comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, and any ineffective gains or losses are recognized in income immediately. Amounts recorded in comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to earnings when the hedged item impacts earnings.

 

97


Cash Flow Hedges

Interest Rate Cash Flow Hedges

The Company has entered into multiple interest rate swap agreements to hedge the future cash interest payments on portions of its variable rate bank debt. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had interest rate swap and cap agreements to hedge approximately $92,719 and $242,719 of its variable rate bank debt, respectively, or 13.9% and 37.2% of total debt, respectively. Over the next twelve months, the Company expects to reclassify $116 from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense and other, net.

In the first quarter of 2008, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements in accordance with Company policy in order to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The swap agreements, with a total notional amount of $185,438, were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of the Company’s variable rate bank debt (the “2008 swaps”). These agreements were three years in length and set to mature in January 2011. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company received three-month LIBOR and paid a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedges was to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. See below for additional information regarding the 2008 swaps. As discussed below, the Company elected to terminate and replace one of the 2008 swaps in the first quarter of 2009.

On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (“LHI”) filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On October 6, 2008, Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“LCPI”) filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. One of the Company’s 2008 swaps with a notional amount of $92,719 was with LCPI (the “Lehman Swap”). As of September 12, 2008, hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of this swap were recorded in interest expense and other, net. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or losses on the fair value of the swap through September 12, 2008 will remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other, net through 2011 as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. The swap was valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount.

During the first quarter of 2009, the Company replaced the Lehman Swap with an interest rate swap agreement which had a notional amount of $92,719 (the “2009 Swap Replacement”) that had been designated as a cash flow hedge of variable future cash flows associated with a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. Under the terms of this agreement, which matures in January 2011, the Company receives three-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 3.15%. The net effect of the hedge is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 5.65%, as the debt incurs interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, the Company entered into an additional interest rate swap agreement which has a notional amount of $56,813 that has been designated as a cash flow hedge of future interest payments associated with a portion of the Company’s variable rate bank debt (the “New 2009 Swap”). Under the terms of this agreement, which was to mature in November 2011, the Company received three-month LIBOR and paid a fixed rate of 2.07%. The net effect of the hedge was to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 4.57%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

The Company elected to terminate one of the 2008 swaps and the New 2009 Swap in December 2009 in connection with entering into the Refinance Transaction on December 1, 2009. As a result of the Refinance Transaction, the Company de-designated the 2008 swap, the 2009 Swap Replacement and the New 2009 Swap and hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of these swaps are being recorded in interest expense and other, net. Comprehensive income (loss) related to effective unrealized gains or

 

98


losses on the fair value of these swaps through September 30, 2009 remain in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) on the balance sheet and will be amortized into interest expense and other, net as the underlying interest payments are recognized in earnings. These swaps were valued using the income approach with observable Level 2 market expectations at the measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company entered into one interest rate swap agreement (the “2010 Swap”) and three interest rate cap agreements, in accordance with Company policy, in order to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The 2010 Swap, which matures in January 2011, has a notional amount of $92,719 and synthetically unwinds the effects of the 2009 Swap Replacement. The interest rate cap agreements, which mature in February 2014, have a total notional amount of $150,000 and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of the Company’s variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements, the Company has purchased a cap on LIBOR at 4.50%. The Company paid $1,537 to enter into the caps, which is being amortized through interest expense and other, net over the life of the agreements.

Diesel Fuel Cash Flow Hedges

The Company is exposed to market fluctuations in diesel fuel prices related to its mobile fleet. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company entered into a diesel fuel swap agreement which had a notional quantity of 1,008,000 gallons, or 84,000 gallons per month, to hedge future cash payments associated with the Company purchasing diesel fuel for its mobile fleet. Under the terms of this agreement, which matured in February 2010, the Company received the DOE published monthly average price per gallon and paid a fixed rate of two dollars and sixty-three cents per gallon. The Company designated this swap as a cash flow hedge of future cash flows associated with its diesel fuel payments. The swap was designated in a cash flow relationship in the month following execution. The loss from trade date to designation date was recorded in other (income) and expense, net. Post-designation, the Company recorded effective changes in the fair value of the swap through comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified gains or losses to fuel expense (included in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization) when the underlying fuel was purchased.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company entered into a diesel fuel swap agreement which has a notional quantity of 1,008,000 gallons, or 84,000 gallons per month, to hedge future cash payments associated with the Company purchasing diesel fuel for its mobile fleet. Under the terms of this agreement, which matures in February 2011, the Company receives the DOE published monthly average price per gallon and pays a fixed rate of three dollars and twenty-five cents per gallon. The Company designated this swap as a cash flow hedge of future cash flows associated with its diesel fuel payments. The Company records effective changes in the fair value of the swap through comprehensive income (loss) and reclassifies gains or losses to fuel expense (included in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization) when the underlying fuel is purchased.

 

99


Quantitative information about the Company’s derivatives’ impact on performance and operations is provided below:

 

     Asset Derivatives as of
December 31, 2009
 
     Balance Sheet
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     

Diesel fuel swaps

     Other assets       $ 59   
     Liability Derivatives
as of December 31, 2009
 
       Balance Sheet  
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     

Interest rate swaps

     Other liabilities       $ 2,409   
     Asset Derivatives
as of December 31, 2010
 
       Balance Sheet  
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     

Interest rate contracts

     Other assets       $ 520   

Diesel fuel swaps

     Other assets       $ 24   
     Liability Derivatives
as of December 31, 2010
 
       Balance Sheet  
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     

Interest rate contracts

     Other liabilities       $ 226   

The Effect of Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

Derivatives in
Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships

  Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivatives
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income (Effective
Portion)

  Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income (Effective
Portion)
   

Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)

  Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in Income
on  Derivatives
(Ineffective
Portion)
 

Interest rate swaps

  $ (4,302   Interest expense and other, net   $ (3,871   Interest expense and other, net   $ (25

Diesel fuel swaps

    46      Fuel expense (included in Costs of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization)     6      Other (income) and expense, net     (8
                           

Total

  $ (4,256     $ (3,865     $ (33
                           

 

100


The Effect of Non-Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships

  

Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives

   Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
 

Interest rate swaps

   Interest expense and other, net    $ (3,719

Diesel fuel swaps

   Other (income) and expense, net      (46
           

Total

      $ (3,765
           

The Effect of Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

Derivatives in Cash
Flow Hedging
Relationships

  Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivatives
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective
Portion)

  Amount of Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income (Effective
Portion)
   

Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)

  Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective
Portion)
 

Interest rate contracts

  $ (1,029   Interest expense and other, net   $ (3,882   Interest expense and other, net   $ —     

Diesel fuel swap

    (193   Fuel expense (included in Costs of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization)     (167   Other (income) and expense, net     1   
                           

Total

  $ (1,222     $ (4,049     $ 1   
                           

The Effect of Non-Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships

  

Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives

   Amount of Gain
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
 

Interest rate contracts

   Interest expense and other, net    $ (510

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has maintenance contracts with its equipment vendors for substantially all of its diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology equipment. The contracts are between one and five years from inception and extend through the year 2015, but may be canceled by the Company under certain circumstances. The Company’s total contract payments for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were $44,783, $49,425 and $53,181, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the Company had binding equipment purchase commitments totaling $20,426.

 

101


The Company leases office and warehouse space and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The office and warehouse leases generally call for minimum monthly payments plus maintenance and inflationary increases. The future minimum payments under such leases are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2011

   $ 6,787   

2012

     5,906   

2013

     4,454   

2014

     4,001   

2015

     3,627   

Thereafter

     15,020   
        
   $ 39,795   
        

The Company’s total rental expense, which includes short-term equipment rentals, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $9,117, $7,459 and $8,600, respectively.

The Company has applied the disclosure provisions of ASC 460, “Guarantees” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These disclosure provisions expand those required by ASC 440, “Commitments,” and ASC 450, “Contingencies,” by requiring a guarantor to disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the guarantor’s performance is remote. The following is a description of arrangements in which the Company is the guarantor or indemnifies a party.

In the normal course of business, the Company has made certain guarantees and indemnities, under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. The Company indemnifies other parties, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims arising from a breach of representations or covenants. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its executive officers and directors and the Company’s bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations. Under these arrangements, the Company is obligated to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, its current or former officers and directors for various amounts incurred with respect to actions, suits or proceedings in which they were made, or threatened to be made, a party as a result of acting as an officer or director.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial. At December 31, 2010, the Company has determined that no liability is necessary related to these guarantees and indemnities.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of MOS in the third quarter of 2008, Alliance subsequently identified a Medicare billing practice related to a portion of MOS’s retail billing operations that raised compliance issues under Medicare reimbursement guidelines. The practice was in place prior to the acquisition and was discontinued when Alliance became aware of it. In accordance with its corporate compliance program, Alliance has entered into discussions with representatives of the federal government to advise them of the issue and seek guidance on appropriate next steps. The discussions are ongoing and no resolution has yet been reached. Although the government may seek repayment and penalties relating to the billing practice, the Company does not expect that such repayment and penalties taken as a whole, if imposed on the Company, would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position because the Company believes the amounts it would owe will be substantially or fully off-set by recoveries under the indemnification provisions of the MOS acquisition purchase agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, in June 2010 the Company commenced arbitration proceedings related to this matter.

 

102


The Company from time to time is involved in routine litigation and regulatory matters incidental to the conduct of its business. The Company believes that resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations or financial position.

13. 401(k) Savings Plan

The Company established a 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) in January 1990. Effective August 1, 1998, the Plan was amended and restated in its entirety. Currently, all employees who are over 21 years of age are eligible to participate after attaining three months of service. Employees may contribute between 1% and 25% of their annual compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company matched 50 cents for every dollar of employee contributions up to 5% of their annual compensation, subject to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Employees vest in employer contributions 25% per year, over 4 years. The Company may also make discretionary contributions depending on profitability. No discretionary contributions were made in 2008, 2009 or 2010. The Company incurred and charged to expense $1,683, $1,679 and $19 during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to the Plan.

14. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes shown in the consolidated statements of operations consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009     2010  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ 36       $ (148   $ (7

State

     1,809         527        (27
                         

Total current

     1,845         379        (34

Deferred:

       

Federal

     9,540         1,267        (16,742

State

     379         (1,338     (4,023
                         

Total deferred

     9,919         (71     (20,765
                         

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 11,764       $ 308      $ (20,799
                         

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2009     2010  

Basis differences in equipment

   $ (89,086   $ (86,096

Basis differences in intangible assets

     (25,110     (10,612

Net operating losses

     9,465        12,931   

Accounts receivable

     3,414        2,555   

State income taxes

     5,300        3,577   

Accruals not currently deductible for income tax purposes

     12,171        12,210   

Basis differences associated with acquired investments

     (4,492     (3,252

Other

     3,824        3,535   
                

Total deferred taxes

     (84,514     (65,152

Valuation allowance

     —          —     
                

Net deferred taxes

   $ (84,514   $ (65,152
                

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 19,058      $ 7,344   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (103,572     (72,496
                

Net deferred taxes

   $ (84,514   $ (65,152
                

 

103


A reconciliation of the expected total provision for income taxes, computed using the federal statutory rate on income is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

U.S. Federal tax expense at statutory rates

   $ 9,349      $ 8      $ (18,862

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     1,422        (527     (2,630

Noncontrolling interest

     (1,061     (1,073     (1,361

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

     1,612        1,341        1,515   

Other

     442        559        539   
                        

Provision for income taxes

   $ 11,764      $ 308      $ (20,799
                        

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $36,355 and $3,034 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. These loss carryforwards will expire at various dates from 2011 through 2025. As of December 31, 2010, the Company also had alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $3,424 with no expiration date.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has provided a liability of $906 for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters. The tax-effected amount that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized is $457.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2008

   $ 1,848   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     341   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     51   

Reductions as a result of tax positions taken during the prior period

     (263

Reductions as a result of lapse of statute of limitations

     (85

Settlements

     —     
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     1,892   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     170   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     65   

Reductions as a result of tax positions taken during the prior period

     (498

Reductions as a result of lapse of statute of limitations

     (192

Settlements

     (108
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

     1,329   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     89   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     8   

Reductions as a result of tax positions taken during the prior period

     (178

Reductions as a result of lapse of statute of limitations

     (342

Settlements

     —     
        

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 906   
        

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $97 in accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state tax jurisdictions. The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2007 through 2010. The Company’s and its subsidiaries’ state income tax returns are

 

104


open to audit under the statute of limitations for the years ended December 31, 2006 through 2010. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

15. Related-Party Transactions

On April 16, 2007, Oaktree and MTS purchased 24,501,505 shares of the Company’s common stock from KKR. Upon completion of the transaction, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 49.7% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. At December 31, 2010, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 51.3% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. The Company does not pay management fees to Oaktree and MTS for their financial advisory services to the Company.

Revenues from management agreements with unconsolidated equity investees was $17,130, $14,452 and $12,545 during 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company provides services as part of its ongoing operations for and on behalf of the unconsolidated equity investees, which is included in the management agreement revenue, who reimburse the Company for the actual amount of the expenses incurred. The Company records the expenses as costs of revenues and the reimbursement as revenue in its consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the amounts of the revenues and expenses were $13,718, $11,188 and $9,217, respectively.

16. Investments in Unconsolidated Investees

The Company has direct ownership in six unconsolidated investees at December 31, 2010. The Company owns between 33.3% and 50% of these investees, and provides management services under agreements with four of these investees, expiring at various dates through 2025. All of these investees are accounted for under the equity method since the Company does not exercise control over the operations of these investees.

Set forth below is certain financial data for Alliance-HNI, LLC and Subsidiaries, one of the Company’s unconsolidated investees:

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Current assets

   $ 4,469       $ 5,171   

Noncurrent assets

     15,409         11,945   

Current liabilities

     4,068         4,587   

Noncurrent liabilities

     5,486         3,448   

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Combined Operating Results:

        

Revenues

   $ 26,703       $ 22,012       $ 19,311   

Expenses

     18,240         15,375         11,464   

Net income

     8,463         6,637         7,847   

Earnings from unconsolidated investee

     4,202         2,996         3,935   

 

105


Set forth below is certain financial data for the aggregate of the Company’s unconsolidated investees, including Alliance-HNI, LLC and its subsidiaries:

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010  

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Current assets

   $ 7,463       $ 7,391   

Noncurrent assets

     23,522         18,989   

Current liabilities

     5,560         6,076   

Noncurrent liabilities

     7,033         4,546   

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Combined Operating Results:

        

Revenues

   $ 36,604       $ 31,805       $ 27,390   

Expenses

     27,073         24,105         19,025   

Net income

     9,531         7,700         8,365   

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

     4,605         3,831         4,327   

17. Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” and based on the nature of the financial information that is received by the CODM, the Company operates in two operating segments, which are also its two reportable segments, Imaging and Radiation Oncology, based on similar economic and other characteristics.

In the third quarter of 2010, the Radiation Oncology segment met the quantitative thresholds for separate reporting. As such, management has presented segment information for the year ended December 31, 2010, and prior year segment information has been included for comparative purposes. The Imaging segment is comprised of diagnostic imaging services including MRI, PET/CT and other imaging services. The Radiation Oncology segment is comprised of radiation oncology services. All intercompany revenues, expenses, payables and receivables are eliminated in consolidation and are not reviewed when evaluating segment performance. Each segment’s performance is evaluated based on Revenue, Segment Income and Net Income. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, the Company does not consider its wholesale revenue and retail revenue sources to constitute separate operating segments as discrete financial information does not exist and is not provided to the CODM.

The following table summarizes the Company’s revenue by segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Revenue

        

Imaging

   $ 471,195       $ 469,055       $ 434,416   

Radiation Oncology

     24,639         36,458         44,439   

Corporate/Other

     —           —           —     
                          

Total

   $ 495,834       $ 505,513       $ 478,855   
                          

 

106


Segment income represents net income before interest expense, net of interest income; income taxes; depreciation expense; amortization expense; net income attributable to noncontrolling interests; non-cash share-based compensation; severance and related costs; loss on extinguishment of debt; fees and expenses related to acquisitions; and non-cash losses on sales of equipment. Segment income is the most frequently used measure of each segment’s performance by the CODM and is commonly used in setting performance goals. The following table summarizes the Company’s segment income:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Segment income

      

Imaging

   $ 201,252      $ 196,168      $ 169,972   

Radiation Oncology

     6,657        10,049        11,760   

Corporate/Other

     (25,332     (25,938     (23,676
                        

Total

   $ 182,577      $ 180,279      $ 158,056   
                        

The reconciliation of Net income (loss) to total segment income is shown below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

   $ 16,523       $ 481       $ (32,653

Income tax expense (benefit)

     11,764         308         (20,799

Interest expense and other, net

     48,392         45,894         51,203   

Amortization expense

     8,696         11,000         12,439   

Depreciation expense

     87,728         94,918         92,321   

Share-based payment (included in selling, general and administrative expenses)

     5,276         6,014         5,516   

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries

     3,030         3,064         3,890   

Severance and related costs

     636         1,404         1,002   

Transaction costs

     —           893         2,439   

Impairment charges

     —           —           42,095   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     61         14,600         —     

Other non-cash charges (included in other income and expenses, net)

     471         1,703         603   
                          

Total segment income

   $ 182,577       $ 180,279       $ 158,056   
                          

Net income (loss) for the Imaging and Radiation Oncology segments does not include charges for interest expense, net of interest income, income taxes or certain selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs are charged against the Corporate/Other segment. The following table summarizes the Company’s net income (loss) by segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Net income (loss)

      

Imaging

   $ 106,015      $ 92,281      $ 58,096   

Radiation Oncology

     2,943        3,715        (25,023

Corporate/Other

     (92,435     (95,515     (65,726
                        

Total

   $ 16,523      $ 481      $ (32,653
                        

 

107


The year ended December 31, 2010 included impairment charges in the Imaging and Radiation Oncology segments of $13,259 and $28,836, respectively. For more information please refer to Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table summarizes the Company’s identifiable assets by segment:

 

     As of December 31,
2009
     As of December 31,
2010
 

Identifiable assets

     

Imaging

   $ 636,780       $ 598,946   

Radiation Oncology

     82,246         74,546   

Corporate/Other

     168,810         142,709   
                 

Total

   $ 887,836       $ 816,201   
                 

The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by segment:

 

     As of December 31,
2009
     As of December 31,
2010
 

Goodwill

     

Imaging

   $ 178,432       $ 192,628   

Radiation Oncology

     15,811         498   

Corporate/Other

     —           —     
                 

Total

   $ 194,243       $ 193,126   
                 

The increase in goodwill in the Imaging segment was primarily due to the acquisitions completed in the second quarter of 2010. The decrease in goodwill in the Radiation Oncology segment was due to the impairment charges in the fourth quarter of 2010. For more information please refer to Notes 2 and 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital expenditures in the Imaging segment and the Radiation Oncology segment were $54,799 and $9,723, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $70,087 and $3,743, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

108


18. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly information for the Company’s last eight fiscal quarters. This information has been prepared on the same basis as the Consolidated Financial Statements and all necessary adjustments (which consisted only of normal recurring adjustments) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the results of such periods when read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere herein.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2009
    Jun. 30,
2009
     Sep. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
 

Revenues

   $ 131,788      $ 130,016       $ 124,227      $ 119,482   

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

     68,879        67,666         65,515        68,321   

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest

     7,556        6,984         4,598        (19,116

Net income (loss)

     4,982        4,760         3,805        (10,002

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

     4,328        4,167         3,022        (11,036

Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.:

         

Basic

   $ 0.08      $ 0.08       $ 0.06      $ (0.21

Diluted

   $ 0.08      $ 0.08       $ 0.06      $ (0.21
     Quarter Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2010
    Jun. 30,
2010
     Sep. 30,
2010
    Dec. 31,
2010
 

Revenues

   $ 118,661      $ 121,407       $ 121,090      $ 117,697   

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

     65,226        65,181         66,304        68,014   

(Loss) income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest

     (2,936     163         (1,821     (49,295

Net (loss) income

     (1,416     1,307         (100     (28,554

Net (loss) income attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

     (2,163     80         (980     (29,590

(Loss) earnings per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.:

         

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00       $ (0.02   $ (0.56

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00       $ (0.02   $ (0.56

The Company experiences seasonality in the revenues and margins generated for its services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenue is affected primarily by fewer calendar days and inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. The variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues due to the fixed nature of our costs. The Company also experiences fluctuations in the revenues and margins generated due to acquisition activity and general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown. For information regarding impairment charges recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

109


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Also, we have investments in certain unconsolidated entities. As we do not control or manage these entities, our disclosure controls and procedures with respect to such entities are more limited than those we maintain with respect to our consolidated subsidiaries. These unconsolidated entities are not considered material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

110


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our management and other personnel, with oversight from our board of directors, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

  (1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

  (2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of managements and directors of the Company; and

 

  (3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control—Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010. Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Paul S. Viviano, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Howard K. Aihara, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 14, 2011

 

111


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

Newport Beach, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Company, and our report dated March 14, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

March 14, 2011

 

112


Item 9B. Other Information

None

 

113


PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K, other than that relating to identification of our executive officers, will be included in our 2011 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K relating to identification of our executive officers is incorporated by reference from Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2011 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be included in our 2011 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from Item 4 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2011 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2011 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

114


PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 

  1. Financial Statements:

A listing of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., related notes and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is set forth in Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K.

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedules:

The following Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is set forth on page 119 of this report on Form 10-K:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

  3. Index to Exhibits:

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alliance.(3)
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alliance.(11)
  3.3    Amended and Restated By-laws of Alliance.(3)
  3.4    Certain Amended and Restated Provisions of the By-laws of Alliance.(10)
  4.1    Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.01 par value, of Alliance.(3)
  4.2    Indenture, including the form of Note, dated as of December 1, 2009, with respect to the 8% Senior Notes due 2016, between Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.(15)
10.1*    The 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated.(14)
10.2*    Form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated.(1)
10.3*    Alliance Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated.(10)
10.4*    Stock Subscription Agreement dated as of January 2, 2003 between Alliance and Paul S. Viviano.(4)
10.5*    Stock Subscription Agreement dated as of February 3, 2003 between Alliance and Paul S. Viviano.(4)
10.6    Form of Stockholder’s Agreement.(1)
10.7*    Form of Indemnification Agreement.(2)
10.8*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of May 9, 2005 between Alliance and Paul S. Viviano.(5)
10.9*    Amended and Restated Agreement Not to Compete dated as of May 9, 2005 between Alliance and Paul S. Viviano.(5)

 

115


Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.10*    Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 between Alliance and Howard K. Aihara.(6)
10.11*    Agreement Not to Compete dated as of December 1, 2005 between Alliance and Howard K. Aihara.(6)
10.12*    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated(7)
10.13*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Directors) under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated(10)
10.14*    Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated(7)
10.15    Governance and Standstill Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Alliance Imaging, Inc., OCM Principal Opportunities Fund IV, LP., and MTS Health Investors II, L.P.(8)
10.16*    Form of Executive Severance Agreement(8)
10.17*    Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2007, between Paul S. Viviano and Alliance Imaging, Inc.(9)
10.18*    Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2007, between Howard K. Aihara and Alliance Imaging, Inc.(9)
10.19*    New form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated.(12)
10.20*    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated (For Director Awards Only).(13)
10.21*    Amendment to the Alliance Imaging, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated.(13)
10.22*    Second Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2008, between Paul S. Viviano and Alliance Imaging, Inc.(13)
10.23*    Second Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2008, between Howard K. Aihara and Alliance Imaging, Inc.(13)
10.24*    Form of Amendment of Executive Severance Agreement(13)
10.25    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2009, among Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., the financial institutions listed on the signature pages thereof and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent for the lenders.(15)
10.26*    Schedule of 2011 Executive Officer Compensation(16)
10.27*    Schedule of Non-Employee Director Compensation(16)
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant(7)
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(16)
23.2    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(16)
31    Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.(16)
32    Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.(16)
99.1    Alliance-HNI, L.L.C. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(16)

 

116


 

(1) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-60682, as amended.
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-64322, as amended.
(3) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed in response to Item 6, “Exhibits” of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001 (File No. 001-16609).
(4) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 15(a)(3), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 001-16609).
(5) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed in response to Item 6, “Exhibits” of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 001-16609).
(6) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 15(a)(3), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-16609).
(7) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 15(a)(3), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-16609).
(8) Incorporated by reference to Item 9.01(d), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 16, 2007 (File No. 001-16609)
(9) Incorporated by reference to Item 9.01(d), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 16, 2007 (File No. 001-16609)
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed in response to Item 9.01(d), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 14, 2007 (File No. 001-16609)
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed in response to Item 9.01(c), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 17, 2009 (File No. 001-16609)
(12) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 15(a)(3), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-16609)
(13) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 15(a)(3), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-16609)
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed in response to Item 6, “Exhibits” of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-16609).
(15) Incorporated by reference herein to the indicated Exhibit response in Item 9.01(c), “Exhibits” of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 4, 2009 (File No. 001-16609)
(16) Filed herewith
Portions of this Exhibit have been redacted due to a request for confidential treatment.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

117


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.
March 14, 2011     By:   /s/    PAUL S. VIVIANO        
        Paul S. Viviano
        Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2011.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Eli H. Glovinsky and Paul S. Viviano, and each of them, with full power to act without the other, such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits and schedules thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    PAUL S. VIVIANO        

Paul S. Viviano

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    HOWARD K. AIHARA        

Howard K. Aihara

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/    NICHOLAS A. POAN        

Nicholas A. Poan

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/    NEIL F. DIMICK        

Neil F. Dimick

  

Director

/S/    MICHAEL P. HARMON        

Michael P. Harmon

  

Director

/S/    LARRY C. BUCKELEW        

Larry C. Buckelew

  

Director

/S/    AARON A. BENDIKSON        

Aaron A. Bendikson

  

Director

/S/    CURTIS S. LANE        

Curtis S. Lane

  

Director

/S/    EDWARD L. SAMEK        

Edward L. Samek

  

Director

 

118


ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Additions
Charged to
Expense
     Deductions (Bad Debt
Write-offs, net of
Recoveries)
    Balance at
End of Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2010

          

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

   $ 8,930       $ 1,343       $ (3,822   $ 6,451   
                                  

Year ended December 31, 2009

          

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

   $ 9,178       $ 2,387       $ (2,635   $ 8,930   
                                  

Year ended December 31, 2008

          

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

   $ 8,475       $ 4,282       $ (3,579   $ 9,178   
                                  

 

119